Author: Staff Reporter

Three Subtle Yet Powerful Ways to Make Your Partner Feel Deeply Loved

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

When people think of romantic love, they often picture grand gestures, intense passion, or an immediate spark. However, a 2024 study published in the Journal of Psychology suggests that love is far more than these fleeting moments.

Researchers sought to understand what specific actions made individuals feel most loved in their relationships. Their findings highlighted three key behaviors—often overlooked yet profoundly impactful.

Be Responsive to Their Needs

A major way people feel loved is when their needs are met through “positive responsiveness.” Research indicates that when individuals perceive their partners as caring, validating, and supportive, their relationship satisfaction increases. It’s not about granting every request but rather about demonstrating genuine care, affection, and encouragement.

The study found that people feel most loved when their partners exhibit three types of positive responsiveness:

  • Displaying Affection: Affection can take many forms, from a warm embrace to a heartfelt text. Grand romantic displays aren’t necessary; instead, small, consistent gestures communicate love. Holding hands, making eye contact during conversations, offering sincere compliments, or surprising a partner with a thoughtful note or gift are all meaningful ways to express affection.
  • Providing Support: Being a supportive partner extends beyond difficult times; it includes actively contributing to each other’s well-being. Emotional support might involve respecting a partner’s independence, providing words of encouragement, or simply being a dependable presence. Tangible support, like assisting with daily tasks, running errands, or offering advice when needed, also fosters a sense of love and security.
  • Enhancing Their Sense of Worth: A crucial way to make someone feel cherished is by helping them recognize their own value. This goes beyond occasional compliments. It’s about consistently appreciating and prioritizing them. Recognizing their achievements—big or small—showing respect for their opinions, and making them feel seen and appreciated all play a role. Participants shared how their partners demonstrated this, such as by offering “constant reminders that I am beautiful inside and out” or by going “out of their way to do things that I love, even if they do not.”

Lean Into Your Authentic Connection

Another fundamental way to ensure a partner feels loved is by fostering an authentic connection. This means being genuine in interactions, regularly checking in with each other, and prioritizing quality time together.

Participants identified two primary ways in which partners nurtured an authentic connection:

  • Cultivating Mutual Affinity: Love flourishes when two people genuinely enjoy being together—not out of obligation, but because they want to share experiences. This could involve engaging in deep conversations, planning a future together, or setting aside time for regular activities as a couple. Something as simple as scheduling a weekly date night without distractions can reinforce closeness.
  • Being in Sync Emotionally: A strong relationship is built on understanding. Feeling loved often stems from being heard, validated, and deeply understood. This requires active listening, empathy, and attentiveness to each other’s thoughts and feelings. For example, if a partner expresses anxiety about an upcoming work presentation, following up afterward to ask how it went shows emotional engagement.

As the researchers noted, “People (felt) loved when both partners’ feelings and thoughts were in sync with each other, such that the two parties become mentally one.”

Offer a Strong Sense of Stability

Finally, one of the most powerful ways to foster love is by providing a relationship built on trust and security. When people know their partners are reliable and steadfast, they feel valued and safe, even in difficult moments.

The study found that deep feelings of love often arose from experiencing this kind of stability. Here’s how to cultivate it:

  • Being Dependable: Reliability is about ensuring a partner can trust in one’s consistency. This doesn’t mean being flawless, but rather following through on promises, being honest, and providing support when needed. Even small gestures—like checking in with a quick message during a busy day or remembering meaningful dates—can reinforce dependability.
  • Demonstrating Unwavering Love: True love is not conditional. It doesn’t come with rigid expectations or requirements. It involves accepting a partner wholeheartedly, embracing both their strengths and flaws, and standing by them through both triumphs and challenges. For instance, if a partner is struggling with self-doubt or has made a mistake, offering kindness instead of criticism can strengthen the emotional bond. This fosters an environment where both individuals feel free to be their authentic selves without fear of judgment or rejection.

The beauty of these behaviors is that they do not require perfection—only genuine effort, intentionality, and consistency. At its core, love is about fostering a space where both partners feel safe, appreciated, and valued.

As the study suggests, making a partner feel loved doesn’t require elaborate or grand gestures. Instead, it’s the quiet, consistent moments of care—being present, showing kindness, and remaining dependable—that truly define a loving relationship.

Ultimately, these small, everyday actions don’t just make a partner feel loved. They create the foundation for a relationship where love is reciprocated, deepened, and continually nurtured.

Pope Francis in Critical Condition Amid Severe Respiratory Crisis

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis was in critical condition on Saturday after experiencing a prolonged asthmatic respiratory crisis that required high-flow oxygen support, according to the Vatican.

The 88-year-old pontiff, who has been hospitalized for a week due to a severe lung infection, also underwent blood transfusions after tests indicated a condition linked to anemia, the Vatican confirmed in a late update.

“The Holy Father continues to be alert and spent the day in an armchair although in more pain than yesterday. At the moment the prognosis is reserved,” the statement noted.

Earlier, doctors had reported that Francis was battling pneumonia along with a complex respiratory infection, describing his condition as precarious. They indicated that he would need to remain in the hospital for at least another week.

Despite the pope’s absence, the Vatican continued its Holy Year celebrations on Saturday.

A brief earlier update stated that Francis had slept well overnight.

However, doctors cautioned that the most significant risk he faces is sepsis, a serious and potentially fatal blood infection that can arise as a complication of pneumonia. As of Friday, no signs of sepsis had emerged, and Francis was responding to his medications, according to the first detailed medical update provided by his team.

“He is not out of danger,” his personal physician, Dr. Luigi Carbone, stated. “So like all fragile patients I say they are always on the golden scale: In other words, it takes very little to become unbalanced.”

Francis, who has a history of chronic lung disease, was admitted to Gemelli Hospital on February 14 following a weeklong bout of bronchitis that had worsened.

Medical examinations confirmed the presence of a complex viral, bacterial, and fungal respiratory infection, which then progressed to pneumonia in both lungs. As a result, doctors prescribed complete rest along with a treatment plan that includes cortisone, antibiotics, and supplemental oxygen as needed.

Carbone, along with Francis’ personal nurse, Massimiliano Strappetti, had been overseeing his care at the Vatican prior to his hospitalization. The physician acknowledged that Francis had insisted on staying at the Vatican to continue working, despite his deteriorating health.

“He remained at the Vatican because of institutional and private commitments,” Carbone revealed. Before being admitted to the hospital, the pope was being treated by a cardiologist and an infectious disease specialist, in addition to his personal medical team.

Dr. Sergio Alfieri, head of medicine and surgery at Rome’s Gemelli Hospital, emphasized that the most pressing concern is the possibility of the bacteria in Francis’ respiratory system entering his bloodstream and causing sepsis. The condition can lead to organ failure and even death.

“Sepsis, with his respiratory problems and his age, would be really difficult to get out of,” Alfieri explained at a press conference on Friday. “The English say ‘knock on wood,’ we say ‘touch iron.’ Everyone touch what they want,” he added, tapping the microphone for emphasis. “But this is the real risk in these cases: that these germs pass to the bloodstream.”

“He knows he’s in danger,” Alfieri continued. “And he told us to relay that.”

Meanwhile, deacons gathered at the Vatican for their special Jubilee weekend. Francis’ illness came at the start of the Vatican’s Holy Year, a celebration of Catholicism that occurs once every 25 years. The pope had been scheduled to lead events honoring deacons, a role in the Church that serves as a step before priestly ordination.

In his absence, the Vatican announced that the Holy Year organizer would preside over Sunday’s Mass. Additionally, for the second consecutive weekend, Francis was expected to forgo his traditional Sunday noon blessing. Although he could have delivered it from Gemelli Hospital, his condition made that uncertain.

“Look, even though he’s not (physically) here, we know he’s here,” said Luis Arnaldo Lopez Quirindongo, a deacon from Ponce, Puerto Rico, attending the Vatican’s Jubilee celebration. “He’s recovering, but he’s in our hearts and is accompanying us because our prayers and his go together.”

Doctors stressed that Francis’ recovery will be a gradual process. Even after his release from the hospital, he will continue to live with chronic respiratory issues at the Vatican.

“He has to get over this infection and we all hope he gets over it,” Alfieri remarked. “But the fact is, all doors are open.”

Erosion of Physician Autonomy Linked to Burnout and Workforce Challenges

Staff ReporterHealth 0

Over the past several decades, physicians have witnessed a gradual decline in their control over their work environments, a shift driven by multiple factors. Regardless of the causes, the consequences are clear: autonomy and flexibility have become increasingly scarce for medical professionals. A study published in the Annals of Internal Medicine highlights a direct connection between this loss of control and heightened levels of physician burnout, as well as an increased likelihood of doctors reducing their hours or leaving their jobs altogether.

“With these shifts, physicians often feel treated as a unit of productivity to be manipulated and afforded little control over their work environment,” stated the study, which was co-authored by Christine Sinsky, MD, vice president of professional satisfaction at the American Medical Association (AMA).

The study, based on a survey conducted in 2022 and 2023 with over 2,100 physicians, identified a link between burnout and inadequate control over patient load, team composition, workload, clinical schedule, and other responsibilities. Physicians who reported lacking sufficient control in these areas were significantly more likely to express intentions to cut back their working hours.

Among the surveyed physicians, 61.4% believed they had adequate control over their patient loads, while 60.6% felt they had sufficient authority over the composition of their clinical teams. Similarly, 61.3% said they had enough control over their workloads. However, only 49% reported having control over hiring staff, and 74.6% said they had enough say over their clinical schedules. When it came to accountability, 58.3% stated they had sufficient autonomy in the matters for which they were held responsible.

While the study did not establish a direct cause-and-effect relationship, the findings strongly suggested a correlation between these factors.

The authors of the study emphasized that for most physicians, job satisfaction is not solely about financial compensation. Physicians seek more than just monetary incentives to remain engaged and fulfilled in their profession. Although demanding and stressful, the job can be deeply rewarding when the right conditions are met.

“Intrinsic motivators, such as autonomy, mastery and purpose, have been shown to be more powerful for physicians than extrinsic motivators, such as salary, and are associated with higher professional satisfaction and lower burnout,” the study noted.

As a leader in physician well-being, the AMA is actively working to combat burnout by reducing administrative burdens and offering practical solutions aimed at helping physicians rediscover their passion for medicine.

Lack of Autonomy: A Major Contributor to Burnout

Although physician burnout has decreased from its record high in 2021, when the COVID-19 public health crisis pushed the healthcare workforce to its limits, it remains a significant problem in the United States. From physicians choosing to leave their jobs or cut their hours to the impact on patient care and satisfaction, burnout affects nearly every aspect of the healthcare system.

The study’s authors argued that health systems and physician practices could mitigate burnout—and its detrimental consequences—by granting doctors more control over their jobs and daily workflows, particularly in areas where they are ultimately held accountable.

“Providing control over these aspects of practice may seem at odds with organizational initiatives to standardize practice operations, including scheduling and workflows,” the study stated. “It is imperative, however, that organizations find the right balance between standardization and customization/flexibility.”

The Financial Toll of Burnout and High Turnover

The reduction of physician autonomy is driven by various factors, including the shift from physician-owned practices to employer-based models, the adoption of an industrial approach that prioritizes standardization over customization, and cultural changes that treat physicians more as commodities rather than professionals with individual expertise and decision-making abilities.

The study pointed out that physician burnout and the resulting workforce turnover impose significant financial burdens on healthcare organizations. The cost of replacing a departing physician can range from $500,000 to over $1 million in lost revenue, depending on factors such as specialty, location, and institutional investment in hiring and training. The AMA offers a calculator to help healthcare organizations assess the financial impact of physician attrition.

While some hospital executives may assume that increasing physician control over their work would be too expensive, the study’s authors suggested that failing to address the issue is actually far costlier.

Providing physicians with greater influence and decision-making power “may decrease the likelihood of physicians experiencing burnout, reducing clinical work hours or leaving to pursue more control elsewhere, thus preserving access for patients, ensuring continuity of care and reducing recruitment/replacement costs,” the study explained. “These findings may be critical to organizational and societal efforts to maintain an adequate physician workforce.”

However, improving physician autonomy alone is not enough to curb burnout. The study emphasized that additional measures must be implemented to address this widespread issue effectively.

“Ensuring adequate control over the clinical work environment should be considered one component of a holistic strategy to reduce burnout and retain physicians,” the authors wrote. “Reductions in burnout and turnover, in turn, have the potential to ensure adequate access to care and foster continuity and quality.”

The AMA provides open-access toolkits through its STEPS Forward® initiative, offering physicians and healthcare organizations innovative strategies to combat burnout, enhance efficiency, and create an environment that fosters job satisfaction and professional fulfillment.

By addressing the root causes of physician burnout—particularly the erosion of autonomy—healthcare organizations can not only improve job satisfaction but also enhance patient care, reduce costs, and secure a more stable medical workforce for the future.

Trance: A Visually Striking Film That Struggles Under Its Own Ambition

Staff ReporterCinema 0

Following a remarkable 2019 in which he delivered some of his most critically acclaimed performances in Kumbalangi Nights, Athiran, and Super Deluxe, Fahadh Faasil began 2020 by reuniting with acclaimed filmmaker Anwar Rasheed. The two had previously collaborated on the Aami segment of the 2013 anthology 5 Sundarikal. However, their new project, Trance, stood out not just from their previous works but also from other Indian films that explored similar themes.

Despite receiving varied reactions, Trance exposed the contradictions within Kerala society’s so-called progressiveness and its reluctance to critically analyze religion and its messengers. At the same time, the film highlighted the risks of pursuing grand ideas without a solid foundation. It served as a reminder that no matter how visually captivating a film is or how impressive the performances are, a weak screenplay can still undermine its success.

At its heart, Trance delves into a broad spectrum of themes, including the hypnotic power of theism, the essence of atheism, the commercialization of faith, the exploitation of human suffering, existentialism, nihilism, the impact of mental health struggles, and the devastating effects of substance abuse. However, one of its greatest strengths lies in how all these ideas are embodied within a single character. Every shift in his psyche creates ripples in the external world, making Viju Prasad’s (Fahadh Faasil) mind a personification of the concept of Everything Everywhere All at Once.

While films like PK (2014) and Oh My God! (2012) highlight the emptiness of superstitions and pseudo-gurus by adopting an outsider’s perspective, Trance takes a different approach. Instead of focusing on those who reject blind faith, the film closely examines the very institutions that manufacture these beliefs and the skilled individuals who recruit the gullible as believers using persuasive tactics. Unlike its Bollywood counterparts, which treat these subjects with humor and only scratch the surface of the consequences of challenging religious enterprises, Trance fully immerses itself in the dark realities beneath the glossy façade, exposing the metaphorical bloodstains that remain hidden from public view.

The story follows Viju, a motivational speaker living in Kanyakumari with his younger brother Kunjan (Sreenath Bhasi), who suffers from severe clinical depression. The first act of Trance focuses on their lonely and impoverished existence. Although Viju conducts motivational sessions to help others unlock their potential, he himself remains trapped in financial struggle. Having lost their mother to suicide as children, Viju assumed the role of caretaker for Kunjan, working odd jobs at the expense of their education. The film makes it evident that their unconventional upbringing had a lasting impact on their mental health.

Interestingly, Trance critiques the superficiality of motivational speaking through Viju’s journey. It draws a direct parallel between self-help seminars and religious gatherings, both of which rely on unwavering faith in a central figure who is believed to possess transformative powers. Notably, the primary audience for Viju’s “Success Juice” sessions consists of elderly individuals, mirroring the demographic that later flocks to Pastor Joshua Carlton, the identity Viju adopts in his new role. However, despite positioning himself as a guide to self-improvement, Viju is unable to prevent Kunjan’s suicide—a tragedy that sends him into a downward spiral.

Struggling with insomnia and auditory hallucinations, Viju begins taking his brother’s anxiety medication, which amplifies his energy but does little to numb his grief. Feeling lost, he leaves Kanyakumari for Mumbai, but his troubles persist. In one particularly striking sequence, he is seen through a broken dormitory windowpane, sitting under dim light in disheveled off-white clothing, symbolizing his fragile mental state. As the camera zooms out, revealing the building’s exterior, the presence of trippy purple and yellow decorative lights on the floor above visually hints at his descent into a trance-like state—marking the moment the film’s title appears on screen.

The narrative then shifts focus to how an atheist like Viju is transformed into Pastor Joshua Carlton, a self-proclaimed miracle worker. The film highlights how religious leaders, much like movie stars, can be meticulously manufactured through image-building. Initially hesitant when approached by a corporate firm that wants him to pose as a pastor, Viju receives what could be interpreted as a sign—he slips and falls while answering the phone call inviting him to meet the company’s heads, Solomon Davis (Gautham Vasudev Menon) and Issac Thomas (Chemban Vinod Jose). Perhaps this was a warning, but for someone on the brink of mental collapse and extreme poverty, recognizing such signals is a privilege he does not have. Hearing the financial incentives, Viju accepts the offer without hesitation.

A closer look at Solomon and Issac’s conversation with Viju reveals another parallel—just as Joshua later exploits his followers’ pain and desperation to rise in power, Solomon manipulates Viju’s suffering to make him feel trapped.

Once Viju’s transformation into Joshua begins, the film’s visual tone undergoes a drastic shift. The muted colors of the first act are replaced by vibrant hues, the pacing quickens, and the editing becomes sharper, emphasizing the staged nature of his newfound persona. Trance also deconstructs its own imagery, revealing the changing power dynamics. In training, Avarachan (Dileesh Pothan) asserts that he is Jesus while Viju is merely a servant. Later, Joshua assumes a Christ-like role himself, even symbolically resurrecting on the third day after being attacked by Solomon’s men for defying their control.

Despite struggling to gather 50 attendees for his motivational sessions, Joshua’s first prayer meeting attracts at least 1,500 people—demonstrating the immense power of religion as a commercial product. As he exploits vulnerability and blind faith, Joshua rises in influence, losing his sense of integrity in the process. Once too self-conscious to clap for himself in private, he later begins applauding his own success publicly, growing bolder with each step. The deeper Trance delves into its themes, the more it exposes how religious institutions evade accountability by attributing everything—both real and fraudulent—to divine intervention. “Miracles are not created, they happen,” Joshua proclaims.

The film also introduces biblical parallels, with the most notable being the character of Esther Lopez (Nazriya Nazim), a sex worker whose role mirrors that of Mary Magdalene. However, at this point, Trance takes a problematic stance on psychotropic drugs, inaccurately portraying prolonged use as fatal without acknowledging that dosages are determined by medical professionals.

In the film’s final act, Joshua, now freed from corporate control and blind believers, sets out to find Esther. Their reunion in Amsterdam is depicted in a fourth-wall-breaking moment, symbolizing a break from the illusion of religious grandeur. The film also reflects on how prophets, once created, are often left isolated and powerless—mere pawns in a larger scheme. The subplot involving Thommichan (Vinayakan), his wife Sheeba (Amalda Liz), and their daughter serves as an eye-opener for Viju, further reinforcing this theme.

Fahadh Faasil’s performance is the film’s standout feature. One particularly haunting moment is when Viju finds Kunjan’s farewell letter. As he dials his brother’s number, his breathing becomes erratic, fearing the worst. Upon hearing the faint vibration of Kunjan’s phone in the next room, he hesitates before looking—deep down, he already knows. When he finally lifts his gaze, his eyes gradually redden with tears, capturing the devastation of the moment.

Despite its impressive technical aspects—including Anwar Rasheed’s direction, Amal Neerad’s cinematography, and Sushin Shyam’s music—Trance ultimately stumbles under its own weight. As the plot expands, the emotional depth that anchors the first act begins to wane. The film juggles too many elements without fully developing them, leaving the script feeling overloaded rather than profound.

While Trance is visually arresting and thematically ambitious, its overreliance on spectacle dilutes its message, preventing it from reaching its full potential.

Chivas Regal vs. Johnnie Walker: Which Scotch Whisky Reigns Supreme?

Staff ReporterFood 0

Chivas Regal and Johnnie Walker are among the most recognized Scotch whisky brands worldwide.

For decades, these two iconic blends have vied for the loyalty of whisky enthusiasts across the globe. Both boast rich histories, extensive whisky portfolios, and devoted followings.

But which one stands out? The answer depends on individual preference.

The Origins of the Brands

Chivas Regal originated in the early 20th century when master blender Charles Stewart Howard crafted a 25-year-old whisky in 1909. However, the Chivas Brothers brand has roots dating back to the 19th century in Aberdeen. Initially known for luxury goods, the company later focused on whisky blending, establishing itself as a premier name in Scotch whisky. Today, Chivas Brothers operates under the ownership of Pernod Ricard, with the Strathisla distillery in Speyside serving as the home of Chivas Regal and its visitor center.

Johnnie Walker, on the other hand, traces its beginnings to Kilmarnock in the 19th century. Now owned by industry giant Diageo, it is considered the world’s top-selling Scotch whisky brand. Its iconic striding man logo is instantly recognizable worldwide. Johnnie Walker offers an immersive visitor experience at Princes Street in Edinburgh, along with brand homes at four distilleries: Glenkinchie, Clynelish, Cardhu, and Caol Ila.

A Look at Their Signature Expressions

The Chivas Regal collection includes a variety of blends, such as Chivas Regal 12 Year Old, 18 Year Old, Mizunara, and the prestigious 25 Year Old. Meanwhile, Johnnie Walker’s range features the Red Label, Black Label, Green Label, Gold Label, and the highly sought-after Blue Label.

Both brands cater to different segments of whisky drinkers, from those seeking affordable, mixable options to those indulging in high-end, luxury editions. The more budget-friendly selections work well in Highballs—simply mix with soda, ginger ale, cola, or lemonade—or classic cocktails like the Whisky Sour. Premium expressions like Chivas Regal 18 Year Old and Johnnie Walker Blue Label are better suited for sipping neat.

To compare the two brands, let’s examine two flagship expressions: Chivas Regal 12 Year Old and Johnnie Walker Black Label.

Chivas Regal 12 Year Old is known for its smooth, approachable character. It offers a balanced blend of orchard fruit, honey, and vanilla, with a creamy mouthfeel and a touch of floral notes on the finish. The Speyside whisky influence gives it an elegant, mellow quality.

Johnnie Walker Black Label 12 Year Old, in contrast, is defined by its bold, smoky complexity. With a base of Islay and West Coast malts, it delivers notes of dried fruit, spice, and a subtle hint of peat. This makes for a more intricate and challenging dram, characterized by a lingering, slightly smoky finish.

Ultimately, preference comes down to personal taste. Johnnie Walker Black Label’s spice and smokiness make it a robust choice for Highballs or cocktails, while Chivas Regal 12 Year Old offers a smoother, more easygoing experience.

Chivas Regal exudes Speyside charm with its refined smoothness, while Johnnie Walker provides a structured, complex profile. Rather than asking which one is superior, the real question is: which suits your palate best?

Trump’s Executive Orders and the Shift Toward Autocratic Rule

Staff ReporterNation, Global 0

Over the past month, concerns have grown that former President Donald Trump is seeking to consolidate power in a way that resembles a monarchy or dictatorship. While his supporters dismiss such claims as exaggerated, recent developments indicate otherwise.

Beyond Trump’s own statements hinting at monarchical aspirations, his latest executive orders—particularly one that aims to dismantle the independence of federal agencies—along with the actions of Justice Department officials, signify a major step toward authoritarian rule.

A dictatorship, like absolute monarchy, is defined by the idea that law—its creation, interpretation, and enforcement—stems solely from the will of one individual. King James I of England expressed this notion in his 1598 work The True Law of Free Monarchies, where he wrote that kings existed:

“before any estates or ranks of men, before any parliaments were holden, or laws made, and by them was the land distributed, which at first was wholly theirs. And so it follows of necessity that kings were the authors and makers of the laws, and not the laws of the kings.”

Acting on this philosophy, James ruled without Parliament for extended periods, granted legal exemptions to allies, and governed through special courts that ruled according to his will. His son, Charles I, took this belief in absolute sovereignty even further, sparking a civil war that ended with his execution in 1649 and Oliver Cromwell’s rise to power.

Following the monarchy’s restoration in 1660, British rulers conceded that statutory law could only be established through collaboration between the crown and Parliament. They also acknowledged that laws applied to the monarch’s actions and that judges, rather than the king, were responsible for legal interpretation.

The next major constitutional shift occurred in 1688 when King James II was deposed and replaced by his daughter Mary and her husband, William of Orange. To secure the throne, they had to accept the English Bill of Rights, which abolished the monarch’s power to nullify statutory law, either broadly or for individuals. Parliament also revised the coronation oath to require monarchs to govern according to laws enacted by Parliament and the established legal traditions of the realm. By the time of the American Revolution in 1776, even King George III—whom the American colonies viewed as tyrannical—was bound by the rule of law.

The founders of the United States sought both democratic governance and the rule of law, fearing that unchecked democracy could allow a demagogue to manipulate the public and seize absolute power. To prevent this, they designed a system with separate branches of government, ensuring that lawmaking and judicial interpretation remained outside the president’s sole control. They also borrowed from Britain’s constitutional system by requiring the president to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution:

“I do solemnly swear … that I will … to the best of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

The founders’ fears of dictatorship were validated shortly after the Constitution’s adoption. In 1799, a Corsican officer named Napoleon Bonaparte overthrew the post-Revolution French government, first declaring himself “First Consul” and later assuming the title of Emperor. Trump’s recent reference to Napoleon’s alleged claim that “he who saves his Country does not violate any Law” echoes the mindset of a leader our founders despised. As Thomas Jefferson wrote in 1815, Napoleon was a “Usurper” and “Autocrat” driven by a “tyrannical soul” and a “ravenous thirst for human blood.”

While the end of European monarchies after World War I might have seemed like a victory for democracy, it instead gave rise to modern non-hereditary dictatorships, with Adolf Hitler’s regime as the most infamous example. The Nazi doctrine of Führerprinzip (leader principle) placed Hitler above all legal authority, rendering him the ultimate arbiter of law and policy. Dissenters faced dismissal, financial ruin, imprisonment, torture, or execution.

An American dictator would exhibit similar characteristics—proclaiming himself above the law, acting without legal constraints, and targeting those who uphold legal principles.

This brings us to Trump’s recent executive order on independent agencies. In the 20th century, Congress recognized its limitations in crafting highly technical legislation and increasingly delegated regulatory authority to executive agencies. These agencies create regulations following strict procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act.

Additionally, the judicial system lacked sufficient expertise and manpower to handle all regulatory disputes, leading to the creation of administrative law judges within federal agencies. This resulted in a system where law is developed and interpreted not just by Congress and the courts, but also by specialized executive officials.

Some of these regulatory agencies operate within Cabinet departments, whose heads are appointed and removed by the president. However, Congress deemed that certain agencies should function with greater independence. Institutions like the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) were established as “independent agencies,” meaning their leaders could only be removed under specific circumstances.

On Tuesday, Trump issued an executive order seeking to eliminate this independence.

First, the order attempts to revoke the autonomy of congressionally established agencies, subjecting their leadership to performance standards determined by the White House Office of Management and Budget. This blatant power grab directly contradicts Supreme Court precedent.

Second, it reinforces Trump’s previous claim that he can disregard Congress’ directives on how appropriated funds should be spent. The ease with which he asserts this suggests he is confident that Republican lawmakers will not challenge his usurpation of Congress’ constitutional authority over federal spending, implying that the legislative branch has already submitted to his will.

Beyond independent agencies, the order asserts that the president and attorney general hold the final authority in interpreting all laws. It states:

“No employee of the executive branch acting in their official capacity may advance an interpretation of the law as the position of the United States that contravenes the President or the Attorney General’s opinion on a matter of law, including but not limited to the issuance of regulations, guidance, and positions advanced in litigation, unless authorized to do so by the President or in writing by the Attorney General.”

In essence, Trump is declaring that he alone determines how laws should be written, interpreted, and enforced.

For instance, if Trump decides that SEC regulations do not apply to Elon Musk, then no SEC commissioner may challenge this stance.

If he declares that procedural protections for immigrants outlined in the Immigration and Nationality Act are invalid, then no Homeland Security official or immigration judge can argue otherwise.

If he determines that regulations on oil and gas industries should be loosened to benefit campaign donors, then his ruling is final.

Perhaps most alarmingly, if Trump asserts that the FBI and Justice Department may launch criminal investigations against his political opponents without factual basis, then that, too, is an “authoritative interpretation of law.” The recent forced resignations of multiple Justice Department prosecutors in New York and Washington, D.C., demonstrate that those who oppose such actions will be dismissed, branded as disloyal, and possibly investigated themselves.

While some may dismiss Trump’s social media posts featuring Napoleonic quotes or images of him wearing a crown as mere theatrics, his executive orders and the actions of his Justice Department paint a far more serious picture. Having already neutralized congressional opposition, Trump has now proclaimed that his will is the supreme legal authority within the executive branch. Those who resist will be removed.

This is not just an assertion of presidential power—it is the adoption of Führerprinzip, a system where dissent is crushed, the law is whatever the leader declares, and government officials serve only at his pleasure.

IISc Tops Indian Institutions in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025, Harvard Retains Global Lead

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Indian Institute of Science (IISc) has emerged as the top-ranked institution in India, securing a position between 201-300 in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025. IISc has achieved an overall score ranging from 26.9 to 34.2. Following closely, the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi and IIT Madras have also been ranked in the 201-300 range, making them the next best institutions in the country. These two institutions share the same overall score bracket of 26.9-34.2. Meanwhile, Siksha ‘O’ Anusandhan has secured the fourth position in India based on the prestige rankings in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025.

For the 14th consecutive year, Harvard University has topped THE World Reputation Rankings. Close behind, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford have secured second place, while Stanford University and the University of Cambridge share the fourth position.

The University of Oxford has achieved the highest reputation ranking for a UK institution in a decade. This development indicates that its academic prestige is beginning to align with its consistent performance in global rankings.

Among the top 10 universities, Ivy League institutions Princeton University and Yale University have secured the seventh and ninth positions, respectively. Additionally, China’s Tsinghua University has been placed eighth, while Japan’s The University of Tokyo ranks 10th. The University of Tokyo has significantly improved its position, climbing 18 places from its previous 28th rank in global university rankings.

For the first time, THE World Reputation Rankings 2025 has incorporated six performance indicators to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of university reputations. This approach reflects the growing significance of academic reputation among the global academic community.

Several universities have newly entered the top 50 most prestigious institutions worldwide. Among them are LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester. Additionally, four new countries—Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal—have made their debut in THE World Reputation Rankings this year.

Nine Morning Habits That Lead to a Happier Retirement

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Retirement isn’t just about having more leisure time—it’s about making the most of life in a fulfilling way. Observing retirees who are truly happy, it’s clear they share certain morning habits that help them start their days with energy and purpose.

The way a person begins their morning influences the rest of their day. Some wake up feeling sluggish or uncertain about how to spend their time, while others approach the morning with enthusiasm. The difference lies in simple yet effective habits that promote happiness, health, and a sense of fulfillment.

For those looking to enhance their retirement experience, here are nine morning habits practiced by the happiest retirees.

They wake up with gratitude

One common trait among content retirees is their appreciation for the morning. Rather than immediately focusing on problems or responsibilities, they begin their day with gratitude.

This doesn’t require anything elaborate—just a moment to acknowledge something positive in life. It could be their health, the presence of loved ones, or simply the opportunity to enjoy another day.

Research indicates that practicing gratitude contributes to greater happiness and well-being. Making it a daily habit in the morning establishes a positive mindset that carries through the day.

For a more fulfilling retirement, start by valuing what’s already present in life.

They start the day with movement

Many assume mornings should be slow and relaxed—sleeping in, sipping coffee, and easing into the day. However, those who incorporate movement early on often find themselves feeling better both physically and mentally.

Incorporating movement into the morning doesn’t have to be strenuous. A short neighborhood walk, some light stretching, or yoga can be beneficial. One retiree swears by a morning swim, while another finds joy in tending to her garden.

Happy retirees don’t spend their mornings being sedentary. They engage in physical activity, even if only briefly, as it helps wake them up, lifts their mood, and provides energy for the rest of the day.

For a more vibrant retirement, consider adding some form of movement to the morning routine. The impact can be surprisingly significant.

They have a morning routine (but keep it flexible)

Successful retirees maintain a morning routine, but they avoid rigid schedules. Instead, they establish a flow to their mornings that feels natural and enjoyable.

A morning routine creates stability and sets the tone for the day. Studies show that people who follow regular routines experience lower stress and improved well-being. However, too much structure can be overwhelming, so the key is finding a balance.

Some retirees start their day with a quiet cup of coffee on the porch, while others prefer reading, journaling, or planning out their day. The specifics are less important than the overall effect—creating a sense of calm, purpose, and positivity that lasts throughout the day.

They connect with loved ones

Retirees who are happiest make an effort to connect with important people in their lives each morning. Whether it’s a quick phone call to a friend, breakfast with a spouse, or exchanging messages with family, starting the day with connection fosters warmth and belonging.

Strong social ties are linked to longer lifespans and better mental health. In fact, studies suggest that maintaining close relationships is just as vital for longevity as diet and exercise.

Without intentional effort, retirement can sometimes feel isolating. Taking time each morning to reach out to loved ones strengthens relationships and provides a sense of closeness that carries through the day.

They spend time outdoors

Retirees who prioritize happiness understand the benefits of fresh air and sunlight. Whether it’s a morning walk, enjoying coffee outside, or gardening, being outdoors improves mood and energy levels.

Exposure to natural light in the morning helps regulate the body’s internal clock, promoting better sleep and overall well-being. It also enhances vitamin D levels, which are crucial for bone health, immune function, and mood stability.

Even a few minutes outside can make a difference. Feeling the sun on the skin, breathing in fresh air, and hearing nature’s sounds contribute to a sense of peace that lasts throughout the day.

They take a moment for reflection

Instead of rushing into their day, happy retirees pause to reflect and set their intentions. This may involve meditation, prayer, journaling, or simply sitting quietly with their thoughts.

Retirement offers the gift of time—after years of obligations, there’s finally an opportunity to slow down and savor life in a more meaningful way. Spending a few moments each morning reflecting on past experiences, the present moment, and future aspirations can provide clarity and peace.

This practice isn’t about dwelling on past regrets or future worries but rather about being fully present. A brief moment of morning reflection fosters gratitude, purpose, and fulfillment that lasts throughout the day.

They focus on what they can control

At one point, mornings felt overwhelming—filled with thoughts of things beyond control, concerns about the future, and regrets from the past. It took time to recognize how much energy was being wasted on uncontrollable factors.

Happy retirees avoid fixating on things they cannot change. Instead, they concentrate on what’s within their power—their choices, attitude, and how they spend their day. Letting go of the need for control brings a deep sense of peace.

Each morning presents a fresh start, offering a chance to prioritize what truly matters. Approaching the day with this mindset makes everything feel lighter and more manageable.

They engage their mind

A fulfilling retirement isn’t just about staying physically active—it also involves keeping the mind engaged. Happy retirees incorporate mental stimulation into their mornings, whether through reading, crossword puzzles, writing, or learning something new.

Mental engagement is linked to improved cognitive function and a reduced risk of memory decline. It doesn’t require anything complex; the key is to remain curious and give the brain a task to focus on.

Starting the day with some form of intellectual activity builds momentum, sharpens the mind, and fosters a sense of accomplishment before the day has fully begun.

They wake up with a sense of purpose

The happiest retirees don’t simply fill their schedules with activities—they wake up each morning with a reason to get out of bed. Whether through hobbies, passion projects, volunteering, or supporting family and friends, they have something that gives their days meaning.

Retirement isn’t just an extended vacation; it’s a new phase of life. Those who embrace it wholeheartedly find joy in having something to look forward to each day.

By adopting these nine habits, retirees can create mornings that bring happiness, health, and fulfillment—ultimately leading to a richer and more rewarding retirement.

Judge Rejects Union Request to Halt Trump Administration’s Federal Workforce Cuts

Staff ReporterUSA 0

A federal judge on Thursday declined a request from a coalition of government employee unions to prevent the Trump administration from proceeding with significant reductions to the federal workforce.

U.S. District Judge Christopher Cooper ruled that federal law requires the unions to bring their case before the Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA), which handles labor disputes within the federal government, rather than pursuing legal action in a federal district court.

The ruling marks another legal victory for the Trump administration’s Justice Department, which has been defending against multiple lawsuits challenging various executive orders, including those aimed at reducing government spending and restructuring federal agencies.

“The first month of President Trump’s second administration has been defined by an onslaught of executive actions that have caused, some say by design, disruption and even chaos in widespread quarters of American society,” Cooper wrote.

He further noted, “Affected citizens and their advocates have challenged many of these actions on an emergency basis in this Court and others across the country. Certain of the President’s actions have been temporarily halted; others have been permitted to proceed, at least for the time being. These mixed results should surprise no one.”

The unions’ lawsuit contested the administration’s decision to terminate a large number of probationary employees, its broader plans for additional layoffs—commonly referred to as a reduction in force—and its offer of buyouts to most federal employees.

A separate lawsuit previously sought to block the buyouts but was dismissed by another federal judge. However, litigation concerning the dismissal of probationary employees remains ongoing, as a coalition of unions filed a new lawsuit on Thursday to challenge those terminations.

The case was brought by several unions, including the National Treasury Employees Union (NTEU), the National Federation of Federal Employees, the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, the International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, and the United Auto Workers.

These unions argued that the administration’s workforce reduction strategy violates both the constitutional separation of powers and the established regulations governing how federal job cuts should be carried out.

Cooper did not weigh in on the merits of these claims, instead determining that the unions had filed their challenge in the incorrect venue.

“The Court acknowledges that district court review of these sweeping executive actions may be more expedient. But NTEU provides no reason why it could not seek relief from the FLRA on behalf of a class of plaintiffs and admits that it would ask other agencies to follow an administrative judge’s ruling in its favor,” Cooper wrote.

Meanwhile, President Trump recently dismissed Susan Grundmann, the Democratic-appointed chair of the FLRA. Grundmann, however, is contesting her removal in court.

Kash Patel Confirmed as FBI Director Amid Democratic Opposition and Concerns Over Independence

Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Republican-led Senate voted on Thursday to confirm Kash Patel as the new director of the FBI, despite ongoing concerns regarding his qualifications and temperament to lead the country’s most influential law enforcement agency.

Patel, a staunch ally of former President Donald Trump and a vocal critic of the FBI, secured confirmation with a narrow 51-49 vote. Republican Senators Susan Collins and Lisa Murkowski broke ranks with their party and joined all Democrats in opposing his appointment.

His confirmation marks a significant milestone in Patel’s career, which has included roles as a public defender, federal prosecutor, and congressional aide. During Trump’s first term, he served as a national security official and later became a prominent figure in right-wing media, frequently appearing on conservative podcasts while maintaining strong loyalty to Trump.

Republicans embraced Patel’s confirmation, arguing that the FBI has unfairly targeted conservatives in recent years and that Patel is the right person to address these concerns.

“Kash is the right man to clean up the FBI to restore Americans’ confidence and trust that the FBI is not a political organization, it is a law enforcement organization,” Senator Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., stated in a post on X.

Despite Republican backing, Patel’s confirmation faced intense resistance from Democrats, who questioned his ability—and willingness—to uphold the FBI’s traditional independence from the White House.

The slim margin of his confirmation vote underscored these concerns. In contrast, his three immediate predecessors—Christopher Wray, James Comey, and Robert Mueller—all received overwhelming bipartisan support, each securing at least 92 votes in their confirmations.

Democrats Highlight “Red Flags”

On Thursday morning, Senate Democrats from the Judiciary Committee gathered outside FBI headquarters to publicly denounce Patel’s appointment.

“Mr. Patel will be a political and national security disaster, if confirmed,” warned Illinois Senator Dick Durbin, the committee’s top Democrat.

“I’m convinced he has neither the experience, the judgment nor the temperament to lead the FBI,” Durbin continued. “My Senate Republican colleagues are willfully ignoring myriad red flags about Mr. Patel, especially his recurring instinct to threaten retribution against his perceived enemies. This is an extremely dangerous flaw for someone who seeks to lead the nation’s most powerful domestic investigative agency for the next 10 years.”

Historically, FBI directors are appointed to serve a 10-year term, but neither of Patel’s most recent predecessors completed theirs. Trump dismissed James Comey in 2017 and subsequently appointed Christopher Wray to replace him.

Following Trump’s election victory last November, he nominated Patel to take over the FBI, effectively forcing Wray out of the position.

Unlike Comey and Wray, Patel has no prior experience as a senior law enforcement official, a factor that has fueled doubts about his qualifications for the role.

However, opposition to his nomination has been more centered on his allegiance to Trump and his past remarks about dismantling what he refers to as the “deep state.” Critics have raised concerns over his rhetoric about targeting political opponents, including those within the FBI.

During one podcast appearance, Patel vowed to shut down FBI headquarters on his first day and convert it into a “museum of the deep state.”

During his confirmation hearing, Patel attempted to downplay concerns regarding his past statements, telling senators, “Any accusations leveled against me that I would somehow put political bias before the Constitution are grotesquely unfair.”

A Bureau in Transition

Patel assumes leadership of the FBI at a turbulent moment for the agency. In recent weeks, the newly installed Justice Department leadership has forced out at least eight senior FBI officials and demanded a list of all personnel involved in investigating the January 6 attack on the U.S. Capitol—a probe that Trump and his allies have repeatedly criticized.

These developments have sparked fears within the bureau that mass firings could be imminent as part of a broader retaliation effort. The FBI Agents Association (FBIAA), which represents most FBI agents, has taken legal action to block the release of names of FBI employees who were identified to the Justice Department.

Despite the tensions, the association acknowledged Patel’s confirmation on Thursday.

“We look forward to partnering with him as he leads the Bureau forward in our shared mission to keep America safe,” FBIAA President Natalie Bara said in a statement.

“As the new leadership team considers and implements reform measures, the FBIAA stands ready to serve as a valuable resource, ensuring that Special Agents can continue safeguarding the American people from emerging threats while upholding the Constitution.”

Haley Criticizes Trump Over Ukraine Comments, Calls Remarks “Russian Talking Points”

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Former Republican presidential candidate Nikki Haley took issue with President Trump’s recent remarks about Ukraine and its leader, Volodymyr Zelensky. She criticized Trump for his stance on the ongoing war in Eastern Europe and his negative comments about Zelensky, calling them “classic Russian talking points” and “exactly what Putin wants.”

On Tuesday, Trump appeared to place blame on Zelensky and Ukraine’s leadership for the war, which is now nearing its third anniversary. The following day, he reinforced his criticism, stating that Zelensky had done a “terrible job” leading the embattled country. Trump also accused Ukraine’s president of exploiting Washington, pointing to the extensive financial aid the U.S. has provided over the past three years.

Haley, who withdrew from the 2024 race and later endorsed Trump, took issue with his statements. As a strong advocate for U.S. foreign policy interests, she has consistently supported Ukraine and has argued that aiding Kyiv aligns with America’s national security priorities.

Trump’s criticisms of Zelensky coincided with a meeting in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday, where U.S. officials, including Secretary of State Marco Rubio and national security adviser Mike Waltz, engaged in discussions with Russian representatives. The talks aimed to explore potential peace negotiations and a re-establishment of diplomatic relations, which had weakened following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Notably, Ukraine was not represented in the meeting.

The following day, Trump escalated his attacks, referring to Zelensky as a “dictator” and accusing him of failing to hold nationwide elections. He also claimed that Zelensky’s approval rating had plummeted to single digits. However, under Ukraine’s martial law, elections are not permitted. A survey published Wednesday by the Kyiv International Institute of Sociology indicated that 57 percent of Ukrainians still trust their president.

Zelensky did not remain silent in the face of Trump’s remarks. In response to Trump’s Tuesday comments, he fired back, stating that the former U.S. president was operating within a Russian “disinformation space.”

Haley’s criticism of Trump aligns with her longstanding foreign policy views. Since joining the Hudson Institute think tank after exiting the presidential race, she has maintained that supporting Ukraine is vital to U.S. interests. She has also voiced her backing for Ukraine’s eventual inclusion in NATO, further underscoring her commitment to Kyiv.

Trump’s recent remarks on Ukraine have not only drawn pushback from Haley but also from his former vice president and one-time 2024 primary rival, Mike Pence.

“Mr. President, Ukraine did not ‘start’ this war. Russia launched an unprovoked and brutal invasion claiming hundreds of thousands of lives. The Road to Peace must be built on the Truth,” Pence stated in a pointed message on Wednesday.

Some Republican senators have also expressed concerns over Trump’s rhetoric. Many have defended Zelensky’s leadership, emphasizing that Russia was the aggressor in 2022, eight years after annexing Crimea.

Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who recently traveled to Kyiv with Senate Democrats, acknowledged Zelensky’s challenges but praised his leadership. “Zelensky is frustrated, but he’s also been the right head of state for the time. He’s kept a nation together focused on Russian occupiers, and I think we should give them a fair amount of credit for that work,” Tillis said.

GOP Divided Over Elon Musk’s Role in Trump’s Government Overhaul

Staff ReporterPolitics, USA 0

Republicans in Congress are split on Elon Musk’s prominent involvement in President Trump’s efforts to shrink the government. While some appreciate his outsider perspective, others are increasingly concerned about his high-profile role, particularly as he becomes a target of Democratic criticism.

Several GOP senators worry that Musk’s outspoken approach to cutting federal jobs—many of which are in their home states—sends the wrong message at a time when inflation remains a significant challenge, and many Americans struggle financially.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) has defended Musk’s role in reforming federal agencies, but other Republican senators have expressed frustration with the way it has been handled. They argue that the process has been “flawed,” particularly as Musk has shut down agencies and pressured employees to resign.

One GOP senator criticized Musk’s buyout offer, which provided more than seven months of severance, calling it “poorly executed.” They also took issue with his latest effort to reduce the federal workforce, saying it lacked proper consideration for how agencies would be affected.

“I think they’re just looking to reduce numbers—it’s not efficiency, it’s not output. It’s, ‘We just need bodies gone.’ And I don’t know that’s the metric that you use,” the senator said.

The senator was also upset by Musk’s call for a “wave of judicial impeachments” in response to federal judges blocking Trump’s executive orders.

“Wrong, wrong, wrong. Get him out of the White House. Get him out, the sooner the better,” the senator said. “Every day that he’s there, he seems more destructive.”

Polls indicate that Musk is unpopular with independent and moderate voters, who are crucial for Republican senators seeking reelection in battleground states.

An Economist/YouGov poll conducted from Feb. 9-11 among 1,595 adult citizens found that independents disapproved of Musk’s handling of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) by 18 points, with 31% approving and 49% disapproving. Among self-described moderates, 33% approved while 54% disapproved, a 21-point gap.

Another GOP senator expressed concern that Musk’s “Fork in the Road” buyout plan and subsequent workforce reductions were causing chaos. Federal workers, particularly those working remotely, have been calling Washington in a panic, unsure of what the changes mean for them.

“There’s a lot of concern among my constituents. The concern is, ‘Who is this guy?’ He’s a billionaire, which puts him in a certain category. ‘How does he have the authority if he’s not elected by anybody to do what he’s doing?’” the senator said, adding that their state has “a lot” of federal workers.

The senator also described widespread “confusion” over Musk’s buyout plan, noting that it was offered, then withdrawn, put on hold by a judge, reinstated, and now applies only to certain agencies.

Musk’s decision to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) has also raised concerns, particularly among farmers who rely on it for selling products used in global food assistance programs.

Another Republican senator noted that several Head Start programs in their state were shut down, while nonprofit organizations that depend on regular federal funding now face uncertainty.

A separate GOP senator was troubled by reports that Musk’s team had accessed the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), which serves 9 million enrolled veterans through more than 1,200 facilities. The VA has over 43,000 probationary employees, many of whom were alarmed when the U.S. Office of Personnel Management, now under Musk’s control, directed agencies to begin terminating recently hired workers.

Some Republicans have publicly criticized Musk’s prominent role.

Senate Appropriations Committee Chair Susan Collins (R-Maine) stated that Trump had given Musk too much authority.

“There’s no doubt that the president appears to have empowered Elon Musk to go far beyond what I think is appropriate,” she told reporters earlier this month.

Collins also questioned Trump’s decision to suspend enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act for 180 days. The law had previously resulted in penalties for two of Tesla’s suppliers.

“First of all, I don’t think the administration should be suspending laws. That’s the basic issue here,” she said.

She has also pushed back against Trump and Musk’s moves to freeze broad federal grants and loans and to reorganize federal agencies without notifying Congress.

Republican senators say Musk’s aggressive online presence has alarmed constituents who are already skeptical about his access to federal programs, the Treasury Department’s sensitive payment systems, and millions of Americans’ personal data.

Musk boasted on his social media platform X, “We spent the weekend feeding USAID into the woodchipper. Could have gone to some great parties. Did that instead.”

Speaking virtually at Dubai’s annual World Government Summit, Musk compared federal agencies to invasive weeds.

“I think we do need to delete entire agencies, as opposed to leave part of them behind. … It’s kind of like leaving a weed,” he said. “If you don’t remove the roots of the weed, then it’s easy for the weed to grow back.”

Musk’s actions have given Democrats ample material to argue that Trump has effectively handed over control of the government to someone with numerous conflicts of interest.

Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) have led a group of lawmakers calling for Musk, who holds a special government position, to publicly release his financial disclosures.

“Given the scale of your power to carry out sweeping administrative policies and your vast personal financial interests, the American people deserve to know how you stand to profit from your role in the Trump administration,” the senators wrote in a letter to Musk on Thursday.

They highlighted his access to the Treasury Department’s payment systems, which store Americans’ Medicare, Social Security, and student loan data—potentially violating the Privacy Act of 1974.

Additionally, they accused him of “illegally” attempting to dismantle USAID and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Despite criticism, some Republicans support Musk’s aggressive approach to reforming the federal bureaucracy.

Thune told Fox News’s “America’s Newsroom” that “people are very supportive, and we are, too,” of Musk’s efforts at DOGE.

“This is a scrub that’s long overdue. There are so many systems in our federal government that are antiquated,” he said. “You know, people operating in silos, bureaucracies built on top of bureaucracies.

“I’m delighted that it’s happening, and we want to do everything we can to be supportive,” he said.

Sen. Kevin Cramer (R-N.D.) laughed when asked about Musk’s low approval ratings among moderates and independents.

“That’s funny, I’ve always thought of him as a bit of a moderate independent,” he said, though he acknowledged Musk’s “provocative” presence on social media.

“I think he fits right in with Donald Trump, certainly with the people that are glad to see a ball-breaker in there,” he said. “I’ve talked about the need for some guardrails if he’s getting too close to the areas he could benefit from. Even if it’s just for appearance’s sake.”

“Otherwise, most people I know are cheering him on,” he said.

Sankara Nethralaya USA Honors Prasada Reddy Katamreddy for $500,000 Donation to Mobile Eye Surgical Unit

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

On February 15, 2025, Sankara Nethralaya USA (SN USA) held a Meet & Greet event in Atlanta to acknowledge and honor Sri Prasada Reddy Katamreddy for his generous contribution of $500,000. This substantial donation will facilitate the establishment of a new Mobile Eye Surgical Unit (MESU) and sponsor 11 Adopt-A-Village programs. The MESU, a fully equipped hospital on wheels, operates within a 500-kilometer radius and comprises two buses—one serving as a preparatory unit and the other functioning as an operating theater, enabling on-site surgeries. The audience erupted in applause when Bala Indurti announced the generous donation of $500,000 from Prasada Reddy Garu and Sobha Reddy Garu.

SN USA formally recognized Sri Prasada Reddy Katamreddy as a Brand Ambassador and honored him for his philanthropy. The ceremony included a traditional invocation by priest Srinivas Sharma from the Hindu Temple of Atlanta, who recited sacred mantras to seek divine blessings.

The event’s success was amplified by the participation of Atlanta’s esteemed classical singers and young dancers, who delivered captivating performances. Each singer presented two classical renditions dedicated to Lord Shiva, filling the hall with a deep sense of devotion. The audience enthusiastically applauded performers Phani Dokka, Ram Durvasula, Srinivas Durgam, Sandeep Kowtha, Durga Gora, Srivalli Sridhar, Shilpa Uppuluri, Usha Mocherla, and Janardhan Pannela. These performances are expected to enhance SN USA’s reach by engaging satellite chapters through virtual programs.

A heartfelt appreciation was extended to all academies, Gurus, and students who played a role in making the event a grand success. The evening not only celebrated artistic excellence but also embodied the spirit of community service, with every singer and volunteer contributing to raising funds for those in need.

Attendees expressed profound admiration for Bala Reddy Indurti, President of SN USA, whose vision and leadership have been instrumental in raising substantial funds and awareness for restoring vision among the underprivileged. His relentless efforts and ability to inspire others to join this noble mission were widely appreciated. SN USA Treasurer Moorthy Rekapalli played a key role in supporting Bala Indurti to ensure the event’s seamless execution.

Several individuals provided unwavering support, including Trustees Srini Vangimalla, Meher Chand Lanka, Raj Aila, Sridhar Julapally, Neelima Gaddamanugu, Dr. Madhuri Namuduri, Sports Committee Chair Ramesh Chaparala, MESU Committee Chair Dr. Kishore Reddy Rasamallu, Atlanta Chapter Vice President Rajesh Tadikamalla, and Chapter Leads Giridhar Kotagiri. Their collective efforts, along with contributions from committee members Suresh Vemulamada, Sridhar Julapally, Padmaja Kelam, and Youth Committee members Amsh Gaddamanugu and Charithra Julapally, ensured the event’s resounding success. The meticulous planning of food and venue arrangements was overseen by Meher Chand Lanka and Neelima Gaddamanugu.

Dr. Reddy Urimindi (NRU), a Board of Trustee from Dallas, TX, graced the event and extended an invitation to the Atlanta community for an SN event he is organizing in Dallas on June 28, 2025.

Due to prior engagements, the Honorable Consul General of India, Ramesh Babu Lakshmanan, was unable to attend the program. However, on Monday, February 17, 2025, he welcomed SN USA Brand Ambassador Prasada Reddy Katamreddy and SN USA President Bala Reddy Indurti to his office, where he expressed his gratitude for the generous contribution that will benefit thousands in India.

For the past 15 years, two MESU teams have been operational. One unit, stationed in Chennai since 2011, and another, established in Jharkhand in 2016 with the support of Tata Trust, have been actively serving rural communities. In 2024, Sankara Nethralaya introduced a third MESU unit in Hyderabad, which has successfully conducted 18 Adopt-A-Village eye camps across Telangana and Andhra Pradesh, restoring vision for thousands of patients. Each camp operates for 10 days. In March 2025, a fourth MESU unit will be inaugurated in Puttaparthi, covering regions in Karnataka, Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu. These mobile units, collectively spanning a 500-kilometer radius each, will reach nearly one-third of India’s rural villages.

SN USA Founder & President Emeritus SV Acharya, along with the Board of Advisors, Board of Trustees, and Chapter Vice Presidents, extended their best wishes for the event.

During the program, SN USA President Bala Indurti provided an overview of upcoming MESU projects, emphasizing their coverage areas and the persistent efforts of Trustees and Volunteers in combating preventable blindness in India through nationwide fundraising initiatives. The audience responded with enthusiastic applause, acknowledging SN USA’s commitment to restoring sight for underprivileged individuals. Special recognition was given to the SN USA Atlanta team—Moorthy Rekapalli, Neelima Gaddamanugu, Meher Lanka, Srini Reddy Vangimalla, Upendra Rachupally, Dr. Madhuri Namuduri, Rajasekhar Aila, Suresh Vemulamada, Sridhar Rao Julapally, Rajesh Tadikamalla, Ramesh Chaparala, and Dr. Kishore Reddy Rasamallu—for their dedicated efforts in making the program a success.

The SN USA team honored Atlanta-based singers Phani Dokka (Film Director), Ram Durvasula, Srinivas Durgam, Sandeep Kowtha, Durga Gora, Srivalli Sridhar, Shilpa Uppuluri (MC), Usha Mocherla, and Shanti Medicherla for their consistent support in performing classical light music for virtual TV programs. Additionally, Srinivas Durgam was acknowledged for his outstanding DJ services, while Venkat Kuttua received appreciation for his contributions in video and photography.

The entire event will be broadcast in two segments on major TV channels, with Part 1 airing on February 23 and Part 2 on March 2, 2025.

SN USA Treasurer Moorthy Rekapalli highlighted the remarkable service provided by Sankara Nethralaya since its inception in 1978, noting that it has restored vision for approximately 20 lakh patients. He presented two significant statistics: India, despite accounting for only one-sixth of the global population, is home to every third blind person in the world, and 65% of blindness cases in India are curable—primarily cataracts and refractive errors. He urged the audience to contribute generously toward eliminating preventable blindness, emphasizing that a mere $65 donation could fund a cataract surgery and restore vision for a patient. Concluding his address, he expressed heartfelt gratitude to all who contributed to the event’s success, acknowledging the invaluable support of EVP Shyam Appali, Secretary Vamsi Eruvaram, Theagarajan, and Deena Dayalan in managing logistics.

Several prominent community leaders and MESU Adopt-A-Village sponsors attended the event and shared their personal experiences regarding Sankara Nethralaya’s eye camps. Distinguished guests included Dr. Veena Bhat, JC Shaker Reddy, Dr. Paul Lopez, Murli Reddy, Bindu Vemyreddy, Winchel Jaffers, Antony Thaliath, Ravi Ponangi, Bob Erramilli, Kris Gadde, Narayana Rekapalli, Vishy Dasari, Swarnim Ramkrishnan, Ravi Kandimalla, Balaram Reddy, Viju Chiluveru, Kodanda Devarapalli, Tiru Chillapalli, Jagadeesh Cheemarla, Adi Chinnatimma, Krishna Evuru, Raj Vuchatu, Srikanth Gongalareddy, Sasikala Penumarthi, Ravi Penumarthi, Jassotha Balasubramanyam, Prabhakar Reddy Eragam, Krishna Reddy Konduru, Kiran Kandula, Jayachandra Reddy, Manjula Malla Reddy, Bhaktavatsal Reddy, Subbarao Vudathu, and Saraswathi.

This impactful event underscored the unwavering dedication of Sankara Nethralaya USA and its supporters in advancing their mission to restore sight and improve the lives of countless individuals across rural India.

Foreign-Born Workers Driving U.S. Job Growth Amid Demographic Challenges

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Over the past five years, the U.S. labor market has seen a net gain of 5.4 million jobs, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ household survey. The establishment survey reports an even larger increase of seven million jobs. While differences exist between the household (Current Population Survey) and establishment (Current Employment Statistics) surveys, the household survey is used here because it provides the necessary demographic details for analyzing workers. Among the 5.4 million new jobs, nearly all net gains were attributed to foreign-born workers, who accounted for 4.7 million of them. Meanwhile, the number of native-born workers in the U.S. has grown by only around 650,000 since early 2020.

This raises the question: Are foreign-born workers actually “taking jobs” from native-born Americans? The answer is no, and understanding why requires examining the broader labor force trends among native-born workers.

One key factor to consider is that while the absolute number of native-born workers has declined, the percentage of native-born Americans of prime working age (25–54) has slightly increased over the past five years. Using a 12-month average, the prime-age employment rate for native-born workers was 80.7 percent in January 2020, rising to 81.5 percent by January 2025. Foreign-born workers also experienced an increase over the same period, from 77.1 percent to 78.1 percent. Both figures are now at their highest recorded levels since data collection began in 2007.

These employment trends may appear contradictory given that all net job gains have gone to foreign-born workers, but they are actually consistent. The number of native-born Americans in their prime working years has remained largely unchanged since around 2013, as noted by Cato Institute’s Scott Lincicome. This issue is expected to intensify, as the U.S. birth rate has been on a steady decline since 2007—exactly 18 years ago. This demographic trend means that the number of native-born Americans entering the labor force will continue to shrink in the coming years. In fact, the U.S. fertility rate (births per woman) in 2023 was nearly 25 percent lower than in 2007.

Efforts to boost fertility rates through government policies have largely proven to be costly and ineffective. However, some analysts suggest that reforms could help. Vanessa Brown Calder and Chelsea Follett have compiled a list of policy recommendations aimed at increasing birth rates, many of which involve reducing government interventions. Nevertheless, absent major reforms, it is unlikely that the native-born working-age population will grow significantly in the near future. Even if birth rates were to rise immediately, it would take 18 years for these new workers to enter the labor force and decades for the impact to become substantial.

In contrast, the number of foreign-born individuals in the prime working-age group has been increasing. While the native-born prime working-age population has remained stagnant since 2013, the foreign-born equivalent has grown by nearly five million over the same period. These figures come from the Current Population Survey, which is conducted jointly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and the U.S. Census Bureau. Like any survey, it has limitations, particularly in identifying certain demographic groups such as immigrants. However, it remains the most reliable data source available for these estimates, as it is the same survey used to measure unemployment and other labor market indicators. With the scheduled benchmark update in January 2025, the Census Bureau’s population estimates should improve the accuracy of these data.

Without continued immigration, the U.S. faces serious demographic challenges. Predicting the future is difficult, but based on Census Bureau population projections, William Frey of the Brookings Institution estimates that the ratio of workers to retirees will decline significantly under any scenario. The most extreme case—a “zero immigration” scenario—suggests that the current ratio of 3.6 workers per retiree could plummet to just 1.4 by 2100. Even under a “high immigration” scenario, the ratio would still decline to approximately 2 workers per retiree. The economic and fiscal differences between these two scenarios could be enormous.

Maintaining a healthy worker-to-retiree ratio—sometimes called the old-age dependency ratio—is essential for the long-term stability of the U.S. economy. As the population ages, retirees will require substantial healthcare services, creating demand for more healthcare workers. Many retirees also hold significant wealth and will want to spend it on industries such as travel and tourism. Beyond these sectors, many industries that are not currently foreseeable will also require new, younger workers to sustain future economic growth.

While it is true that most new jobs in the U.S. economy have gone to foreign-born workers, this does not mean that these workers are displacing native-born Americans. Instead, it highlights the increasing need for immigration to address demographic challenges. Restrictive immigration policies could exacerbate the labor shortages that arise from an aging population. Without a steady flow of new workers, the U.S. would need to rely on massive advancements in automation and productivity across various industries. Achieving such improvements would require fewer regulatory burdens and lower taxes to encourage innovation.

Ultimately, the data suggest that immigration plays a vital role in supporting the U.S. labor market. As birth rates decline and the native-born working-age population stagnates, foreign-born workers have become increasingly essential to maintaining economic stability. Looking ahead, policies that promote a more open approach to immigration will be crucial in ensuring that the U.S. workforce remains robust enough to support retirees, drive economic growth, and sustain critical industries.

H-1B Visa Program Faces Scrutiny Over Alleged Abuse and Policy Concerns

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The H-1B visa program is facing criticism from policy experts who argue that it is being misused to hire foreign workers at the expense of American employees. Estimates suggest that over 700,000 H-1B visa holders currently reside in the United States, accompanied by approximately 500,000 dependents. Together, they contribute more than $85 billion annually to the U.S. economy.

This visa category is designed as a temporary program that permits American businesses to hire highly educated foreign professionals for “specialty occupations” requiring at least a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent. Fields such as mathematics, engineering, technology, and medical sciences qualify for H-1B visas.

Policy expert Jessica Vaughan has presented a report to Congress advocating for stricter regulations on temporary work visas. She believes that such programs distort the labor market and lead to the displacement of American workers. Vaughan contends that immigration agencies must allocate more resources to enforcing existing regulations and tackling fraud. According to her, “Not only do they contribute to more illegal immigrants with high overstay rates, but they can also create security risks.”

Vaughan further argues that the United States does not suffer from a labor shortage, whether in skilled professions or lower-wage jobs. “There are millions of Americans of working age who have dropped out of the labor market,” she states.

Even within the STEM sector, Vaughan points out that more than two million U.S. degree-holders in STEM fields are either unemployed or not working in STEM-related jobs, which represents about one-sixth of the total workforce in these areas. She asserts that beyond enforcement efforts, Congress should reform visa programs to prioritize opportunities for American workers.

A key recommendation from Vaughan’s report is that staffing companies should not be permitted to sponsor foreign visa workers. She argues that these companies follow a business model designed to replace American workers with foreign employees who accept lower wages. Vaughan also highlights concerns over illegal hiring practices, including charging workers unlawful recruitment fees and exploiting them—issues prevalent in both high-skilled and low-wage industries.

Another recommendation is holding all employers accountable for high overstay rates among sponsored workers.

Regarding H-1B visas specifically, Vaughan proposes limiting their duration to an initial two-year period, with a possible extension up to four years. She opposes automatic extensions based on pending green card applications.

She also suggests capping the total number of H-1B visas at 75,000 or fewer, including those granted in the nonprofit and research sectors, which currently have no numerical limit. If demand exceeds supply, Vaughan recommends allocating visas to the highest-paying employers as a proxy for selecting the most skilled workers.

Jessica M. Vaughan serves as the Director of Policy Studies for the Center for Immigration Studies, a Washington, D.C.-based research institute that analyzes immigration’s impact on American society and advises policymakers on immigration-related issues.

Beyond the H-1B program, Vaughan also addresses the H-2A and H-2B visa categories, which allow foreign workers to take temporary jobs in the U.S. She suggests that federal agencies should only be allowed to request visa workers under very limited conditions.

For the H-2A visa, which is designated for agricultural labor, Vaughan calls on Congress to redefine “agricultural work” to exclude food processing jobs. Additionally, she proposes requiring H-2A workers to spend at least 180 days each year in their home country before becoming eligible to return. She also recommends barring dependent family members from receiving visas, arguing that such measures would reinforce the program’s temporary nature.

As for the H-2B visa, which is intended for seasonal or temporary unskilled labor, Vaughan advocates for either eliminating it entirely or significantly reducing its scale. She proposes restricting the visa’s duration to less than a year and allowing renewal only after the worker has returned to their home country for at least 180 days.

Pope Francis Battles Infection as Speculation Grows Over His Successor

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis remains hospitalized as he fights off a respiratory infection, raising concerns about his health and leading many to speculate on who might succeed him as the next pontiff.

The 88-year-old Argentinean pope was admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital on Friday following complications from a weeklong bout of bronchitis, according to news reports. Serving as the 266th leader of the Catholic Church and the sovereign of Vatican City since 2013, Pope Francis’ health struggles have sparked discussions about the Church’s future leadership.

Doctors report that Pope Francis is in a “stable” clinical condition as he undergoes treatment. In his younger years, he suffered from severe pneumonia, which led to the removal of part of one lung. His mobility has also declined, requiring the use of a wheelchair, walker, or cane due to knee problems and sciatica. More recently, he has experienced two falls, adding to concerns about his overall well-being.

In light of his ongoing health challenges, questions regarding succession have become more pressing. Many are wondering who might take his place if he becomes unable to fulfill his papal duties.

Who Is Pope Francis?

Pope Francis has been the head of the Catholic Church and the sovereign of Vatican City since March 13, 2013. He is the first pope from the Society of Jesus, the first to come from Argentina, and the first from the Americas.

Who Might Succeed Pope Francis?

Pope Francis became pontiff at the age of 76, following the resignation of Pope Benedict XVI in 2013.

Born Jorge Mario Bergoglio in Buenos Aires on December 17, 1936, he held various jobs—including working as a bouncer and janitor—before studying chemistry. In 1958, he joined the Jesuits, eventually becoming a Catholic priest in 1969 and later the Archbishop of Buenos Aires in 1998. Pope John Paul II elevated him to the rank of cardinal in 2001.

If Pope Francis is no longer able to serve, the process of selecting his successor would follow the traditional conclave method. This involves a secretive gathering of cardinals from around the world in Vatican City, where they cast their votes in the Sistine Chapel to determine the next pope.

On February 6, Pope Francis extended the term of Italian Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re as dean of the College of Cardinals. This position plays a key role in preparing for a potential conclave, which would oversee the process of selecting a new pope if needed.

While no definitive successor has been named, any baptized Roman Catholic male is technically eligible to be elected pope. However, since 1378, the selection has traditionally come from within the College of Cardinals, according to Religion News Service.

Several prominent figures have emerged as possible candidates for the papacy. Among them is Cardinal Pietro Parolin, the Vatican’s secretary of state. Cardinal Peter Turkson of Ghana, who formerly led the Pontifical Council for Justice and Peace, is also considered a contender. Another possibility is Cardinal Luis Tagle, who has served as the prefect of the Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples since December 2019 and was previously the Archbishop of Manila.

Additional cardinals who could be considered include Matteo Zuppi, Gerhard Müller, Angelo Scola, Angelo Bagnasco, Raymond Burke, Robert Sarah, and Malcolm Ranjith.

In August 2020, Edward Pentin, a longtime senior Rome correspondent for the National Catholic Register, published a book titled The Next Pope: The Leading Cardinal Candidates. In his book, he identifies 19 cardinals he views as frontrunners for the papacy. Among those listed are American cardinals such as Seán Patrick O’Malley, the former Archbishop of Boston, and Cardinal Raymond Leo Burke, who previously served as Archbishop of St. Louis, Missouri.

As Pope Francis continues his treatment, the Catholic world awaits further developments regarding his health. Meanwhile, speculation continues over who might eventually succeed him as the next leader of the Church.

USA-India Business Summit Explores Role of AI, Sustainability, and Digitalization in Global Growth

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The USA-India Business Summit and Georgia Tech Global Business Forum recently hosted a dynamic seminar titled “Sustainability, AI & Digitalization: Global Drivers of Growth.” The event brought together thought leaders, industry professionals, and policymakers to discuss the transformative impact of technology on global business. Held at Georgia Tech on February 12th, with a virtual session on February 13th, the summit focused on crucial topics such as the future of sustainability and ESG, workforce challenges in the AI era, data-driven enterprise growth, and cybersecurity best practices. It also highlighted India’s expertise in technology and the integration of AI and IoT in manufacturing, emphasizing how innovation and digital transformation contribute to sustainable economic growth.

Through engaging discussions and strategic partnerships, the forum aimed to navigate the opportunities and challenges at the intersection of technology, sustainability, and international commerce.

“This summit highlighted how businesses can integrate sustainability, AI, and digitalization to enhance efficiency, innovation, and growth,” said Ani Agnihotri, Co-Chair of the event from the USA-India Business Summit (UIBS). “By bringing together thought leaders and professionals, we aim to foster meaningful conversations and actionable strategies for the future.”

The event featured distinguished speakers, including Hon. L. Ramesh Babu, Consul General of India; Dev Ahuja, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Novelis Inc.; Vish M. Narendra, Senior Vice President and CIO of Graphic Packaging International; Bala Subramanian, EVP & Chief Digital and Technology Officer of UPS; Paul Frederickson, Senior Vice President of Georgia-Pacific Operations Technology Solution Group; Hon. Lisa Cupid, Chairwoman of the Cobb County Board of Commissioners; Hon. Urs Brönnimann, Consul General of Switzerland; Anant R. Adya, Executive Vice President and Head of Cloud, Infrastructure, and Security Services (CIS) for the Americas and APAC at Infosys; Ravi Venkatesan, CEO & Board Director of Cantaloupe Inc.; Stan Sthanunathan, CEO of i-Genie.ai; and Lakshamanan Chidambaram, President and Head of the Americas Leadership Council at Tech Mahindra.

“The key challenge is one of continuous growth in the midst of constant change. This conference addressed these paradoxical dimensions and pointed to strategic avenues,” said Dr. John R. McIntyre, Co-Chair of the event from the Scheller College of Business at Georgia Tech.

Hon. Consul General of India in Atlanta, Ramesh Babu Lakshmanan, emphasized the robust trade relationship between the United States and India, noting that the total trade value of goods and services currently stands at $200 billion and is projected to reach $500 billion by 2030. He identified digital transformation, AI, quantum computing, clean energy, and defense technology as key drivers of future growth.

Quoting Indian Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi’s remarks at the Artificial Intelligence (AI) Action Summit in Paris on February 11, 2025, Lakshmanan Chidambaram, President of Tech Mahindra and Head of Mahindra Group Americas, stated, “AI can help transform millions of lives by improving health, education, agriculture, and so much more. It can help create a world in which the journey to Sustainable Development Goals becomes easier and faster.”

In his keynote address, Dev Ahuja, EVP and CFO of Novelis Inc., a global leader in aluminum production and recycling, underscored the company’s commitment to sustainability. “In terms of annual revenues, our annual revenues are $16.2 billion, our annual adjusted EBITDA is of the order of $1.9 billion. We recycle 2.3 million tons of aluminum. And if you consider that as a proportion to the total shipments that we do which is about 3.7 million tons that’s a very, very large proportion of recycled content. Our recycled content is around 63%. That is really what makes the whole value proposition of sustainability extremely important for us,” Ahuja said.

Novelis prioritizes sustainability through high-recycled-content products and circular economy initiatives. Aluminum’s ability to be recycled indefinitely without quality loss results in energy savings of up to 95% compared to primary production. The company operates 32 facilities across four continents, employing over 13,000 people. Novelis has set ambitious sustainability targets, including achieving carbon neutrality by 2050 and reducing CO2 emissions by 30% by 2026 compared to 2016 levels. The company collaborates with major automotive, beverage, and aerospace brands, using closed-loop recycling systems to minimize waste. Investments in renewable energy, such as solar power and alternative fuels, further support its sustainability goals. The company is expanding its recycling infrastructure with new plants in Kentucky, Korea, and a $4.1 billion facility in Alabama, aligning with its “3 by 30” vision to promote aluminum’s role in a circular economy and advance global sustainability efforts.

Bala Subramanian, EVP & Chief Digital and Technology Officer at UPS, highlighted the company’s scale and influence. “We actually transport 6% of US GDP, 2% of world GDP every single day. If UPS doesn’t work for five days, that’s considered a recession because 30% of GDP doesn’t move… and we are in 220 countries. We actually have over half a million people at any given time, we are the seventh-largest airline. At any given time, we have at least 50 to 100 flights that are still in the air. So the scale of us is very, very large,” he said.

Subramanian also discussed UPS’s India Technology Center in Chennai, which employs about 1,000 people and continues to grow. He noted that the company’s approach is not about cost-cutting in India but about accessing global talent. UPS also has development centers in Europe and the U.S., enabling successful logistics operations worldwide.

He emphasized UPS’s focus on technology, AI, and global logistics, highlighting the importance of adaptability and continuous improvement. AI is instrumental in optimizing delivery routes, automating processes, and enhancing operational efficiency. UPS is also investing in logistics for healthcare, including vaccine transportation and time-sensitive medical deliveries. The company is exploring emerging technologies such as drone deliveries and VR training while maintaining strong customer-centric strategies. Collaboration with academic institutions is a key component of UPS’s innovation strategy.

Roshan Shah, Vice President of AI & Products at Georgia-Pacific LLC, highlighted the company’s integration of AI and automation since 2018 to enhance manufacturing. He underscored Georgia-Pacific’s strong partnership with Georgia Tech in recruitment and innovation. The company operates 140 connected facilities and has expanded AI-driven processes to Guardian Glass. AI is used to mitigate workforce experience loss, improve decision-making, and enhance efficiency. Georgia-Pacific employs 800 autonomous vehicles and proprietary Digital Mezzanine technology for predictive maintenance and process control. The AI-driven initiative has grown from four to 150 employees, reinforcing the company’s industry leadership.

The seminar offered an in-depth exploration of evolving U.S.-India trade and business relations, with a strong focus on collaboration in technology, digitalization, and sustainability. Experts examined global workforce challenges and AI’s role in addressing skill gaps and boosting productivity. Discussions on AI for purpose, augmented intelligence, and enterprise AI solutions highlighted the transformative potential of data-driven organizations and digitalization in shaping business strategies. AI’s impact on marketing, manufacturing, and self-service commerce demonstrated its role in enhancing operational efficiency and customer engagement.

Business immigration updates provided insights into talent mobility, while comparisons of AI governance systems in the U.S., EU, and China shed light on regulatory advancements. The sustainability leadership demonstrated by Novelis illustrated corporate commitments to responsible growth. A discussion on large language models (LLMs) versus specialized domain models (SDMs) for competitive advantage underscored the need for balancing innovation in generative AI with sustainability.

Overall, the discussions reinforced that AI, digitalization, and strategic technology transformation are critical drivers of economic growth and global competitiveness. The forum served as a platform for thought leaders to explore new opportunities and challenges in a rapidly evolving technological landscape.

Could Alpha Centauri Be Sending Interstellar Objects to Our Solar System?

Staff ReporterScience 0

Interstellar objects, like the famous ‘Oumuamua, have passed through our Solar System before, but their exact origins remain a mystery. Some may have come from nearby star systems, others from more distant regions, and some could even originate from completely different galaxies.

Unfortunately, tracking ‘Oumuamua for further study is no longer an option. Its highly eccentric orbit has carried it too far from our reach, making it impossible for any spacecraft to catch up or any telescope to observe it. However, scientists don’t need to rely solely on large interstellar visitors—tiny particles from another star system may already be present in our Solar System, providing an opportunity for study.

The nearest stellar system to us is Alpha Centauri, a triple star system that is gradually moving closer to our Solar System. Traveling at a speed of approximately 79,000 kilometers per hour (about 49,709 miles per hour), it will reach its closest point to us in roughly 27,700 years. Given this movement, researchers Cole Gregg and Paul Wiegert from the University of Western Ontario sought to determine whether objects from Alpha Centauri might have already made their way to us and whether more could arrive in the future.

“A small number [less than 10 meteors] may currently be entering Earth’s atmosphere every year,” Gregg and Wiegert stated in a study that is set to be published in the Planetary Science Journal, “[and] is expected to increase as Alpha Centauri approaches.”

At around 5 billion years old, Alpha Centauri is a mature star system. Because of its age, most of the material from its protoplanetary disk has likely dispersed, meaning it is not expected to eject much debris into space. However, it is still possible that some material from Alpha Centauri exists in our Solar System, perhaps in the asteroid belt or the distant Oort cloud. The presence of multiple stars and planets in the system increases the likelihood that material has been scattered. Additionally, planets may orbit the system’s three stars, although none have been confirmed so far.

To explore whether Alpha Centauri could still be expelling material, the researchers used existing models that describe how star systems typically eject debris. These models suggest that, while only a small number of Alpha Centauri objects may reach Earth each year, there could already be as many as a million objects from the system—each over 100 meters in diameter—lurking in the Oort cloud. Even smaller particles may also be present.

However, detecting these objects presents a major challenge. The Oort cloud lies at the outer edge of the Solar System, making direct observation extremely difficult. But despite these challenges, detection is not entirely impossible. NASA’s New Horizons mission is equipped with a dust detector that has been gathering data on particles in the Kuiper Belt—remnants from the formation of our Solar System. Since the Oort cloud is even farther away, New Horizons could potentially extend its mission long enough to search for signs of material from Alpha Centauri, provided it has enough fuel to continue operating.

That being said, the existence of Alpha Centauri-originated objects in the Oort cloud remains uncertain. There is also the question of whether smaller particles from Alpha Centauri could even survive the journey to our Solar System. These particles might be deflected by magnetic fields, lose speed due to drag in the interstellar medium, or be destroyed by high-speed gas atoms or collisions with other particles.

If any particles from Alpha Centauri do manage to reach the inner Solar System, they would experience a significant increase in velocity due to the Sun’s gravitational pull. Hypothetically, interstellar comets could also bring additional material—if Alpha Centauri ejects as many comets as our Solar System does. However, these comets would be extremely difficult to observe, and whether they can be detected remains an open question.

“A thorough understanding of the mechanisms by which material could be transferred from Alpha Centauri to the Solar System not only deepens our knowledge of interstellar transport,” the researchers wrote in their study, “but also opens new pathways for exploring the interconnectedness of stellar systems and the potential for material exchange across the galaxy.”

How Affordable Hearing Aids Changed My Life: My Journey to Clearer Sound

Staff ReporterHealth 0

For years, I struggled with hearing loss. It started gradually—asking people to repeat themselves, turning up the volume on the TV, missing parts of conversations. At first, I dismissed it as background noise or people mumbling. But over time, it became clear that I was the problem.

Conversations became exhausting. Social gatherings, once enjoyable, turned into stressful experiences where I nodded along, pretending to understand. I avoided phone calls, dreading the embarrassment of asking someone to repeat themselves multiple times. Even at home, my wife grew frustrated when I constantly asked, “What?”

I knew I needed help but hesitated to get hearing aids. The thought of bulky, expensive devices was unappealing. I had seen traditional hearing aids before—large, noticeable, and costing thousands of dollars. It felt like an admission of aging, something I wasn’t ready for.

Then, I discovered Audien Hearing. One evening, while researching affordable hearing solutions, I stumbled upon their website. Their promise caught my attention: small, nearly invisible hearing aids at a fraction of the cost of traditional ones. I was skeptical. Could an affordable option work as well as expensive devices?

Still, I decided to try them. At their price point, it was a low-risk investment compared to traditional hearing aids. When my Audien hearing aids arrived, I was impressed by their sleek design. They were tiny, lightweight, and fit comfortably in my ears. Unlike the bulky models I feared, these were discreet.

The first time I put them in, the world changed. Sounds I hadn’t heard in years came rushing back—birds chirping outside, the rustling of leaves, the hum of the refrigerator. Most importantly, conversations became clear again. No more guessing what people were saying, no more pretending to understand.

I remember my wife’s reaction. “You’re not asking me to repeat myself!” she exclaimed. It was a relief for both of us. I felt connected again, part of conversations rather than a spectator struggling to keep up.

The technology in Audien hearing aids amazed me. Despite their affordability, they delivered crystal-clear sound quality. Conversations in noisy environments were easier to follow. Phone calls, which I once dreaded, became effortless. Watching TV no longer required blasting the volume.

What I appreciated most was the comfort. I could wear them for hours without discomfort. Unlike traditional hearing aids that require custom fittings, these were ready to use out of the box. They came with multiple earbud sizes, ensuring a snug fit.

Battery life was another pleasant surprise. They lasted all day on a single charge, and the included charging case made recharging simple. No need to constantly buy and replace tiny, expensive batteries.

The affordability of Audien hearing aids made a significant difference. Traditional hearing aids can cost thousands, often requiring multiple appointments and fittings. Audien eliminated that hassle. They provided high-quality sound at a fraction of the cost, making hearing assistance accessible to more people.

I started recommending them to friends and family. Many were hesitant, just as I had been. But after trying them, they experienced the same life-changing improvements. One friend, who had avoided hearing aids due to cost, called me after trying Audien’s. “I can’t believe I waited this long,” he admitted.

For anyone struggling with hearing loss but hesitating due to cost or stigma, Audien Hearing is a game-changer. Their devices are discreet, effective, and affordable, proving that regaining clear hearing doesn’t have to be expensive or complicated.

Looking back, I regret waiting so long. I missed out on countless conversations, moments, and experiences simply because I hesitated to get help. Thanks to Audien Hearing, I’ve reclaimed those moments. I no longer feel isolated or frustrated. Life sounds vibrant again.

If you’re struggling with hearing loss, don’t wait. You don’t have to settle for expensive, bulky options. Audien offers a solution that’s accessible and effective. Take the step—I promise you won’t regret it.

Indian Drugmakers Hope Bilateral Talks Will Avert Trump’s Proposed Tariffs

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Indian pharmaceutical companies are looking to ongoing discussions between India and the United States to prevent the implementation of President Donald Trump’s proposed tariffs of at least 25% on pharmaceutical imports, according to a trade association. India, often referred to as the “pharmacy of the world,” manufactures cost-effective generic versions of complex, innovative drugs in its large-scale production facilities and exports them to more than 200 countries. Government data indicates that the U.S. is the largest market for these exports.

In the 2024 fiscal year, India’s pharmaceutical exports to the U.S. amounted to $8.7 billion, accounting for approximately 31% of the country’s total pharmaceutical exports, according to data from the government-supported trade body Pharmexcil. The possibility of increased tariffs led to a decline in the stock prices of Indian pharmaceutical companies on Wednesday.

“This (tariff) matter will be discussed through bilateral engagements between the two countries and further steps will be determined accordingly,” stated Sudarshan Jain, secretary general of the Indian Pharmaceutical Alliance (IPA), in a statement on Wednesday. “We are confident that continued dialogue among stakeholders will help address the subject.”

Research firm IQVIA reported that in 2022, Indian pharmaceutical companies supplied nearly half of all generic drug prescriptions in the U.S. This contributed to savings of about $408 billion for the American healthcare system, highlighting the crucial role of the Indian pharmaceutical industry in providing affordable, quality-assured medicines.

“This (tariff) move is going to be inflationary to the U.S. as they don’t have the requisite manufacturing infrastructure in-house to replace the scale of supply that India does,” said Vishal Manchanda, an analyst at Systematix Institutional Equities.

The IPA represents several leading Indian pharmaceutical companies, including Sun Pharmaceutical, Dr. Reddy’s, Cipla, and Zydus Lifesciences, along with local divisions of U.S.-based firms such as Abbott.

Earlier this week, Sun Pharma Managing Director Dilip Shanghvi told local media that if these tariffs are imposed, the additional costs will ultimately be passed on to consumers.

Rupee Depreciation Raises Costs for Indian Students Abroad

Staff ReporterMoney 0

The steady depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar over the past few months has put financial pressure on students who are either planning to study overseas or are already pursuing their education abroad.

Bloomberg data shows that in the last six months, the rupee has fallen nearly 4 percent, weakening from Rs 83.75 per USD in August 2024 to Rs 86.95 per USD as of February 18, 2025. The rupee had even dropped to 87.9563 per dollar on February 10 before making a partial recovery.

Impact of Rupee Depreciation

The falling value of the rupee translates to higher expenses for Indian students studying in foreign countries, as tuition fees, accommodation, and daily living costs all become more expensive. “Even a slight fluctuation can inflate their annual expenses by lakhs, making budgeting a daunting task,” explains Sudarshan Motwani, Founder and CEO of BookMyForex.com.

Eela Dubey, Co-founder of EduFund, emphasizes the hidden financial burden that currency depreciation imposes. “Rupee depreciation acts as hidden inflation for Indian students aspiring to study abroad, significantly increasing the cost of education, even if universities do not raise tuition fees.” This means that even if a university maintains its tuition fees in USD, Indian students still pay more in INR because of currency fluctuations.

For example, over the last four years, the tuition fee for an MBA at NYU Stern has risen by 3.53 percent annually in USD terms. However, for Indian students, the real increase is 6.79 percent per annum when adjusted for the rupee’s depreciation—almost twice the inflation rate in INR.

“Rupee depreciation has far-reaching consequences, affecting not just tuition fees but also everyday expenses like groceries, travel, and accommodation, which are all increasing in cost,” says Rahul Subramaniam, Co-Founder of Athena Education.

Prashant Bhonsle, Founder and CEO of Kuhoo Edufintech, highlights another financial challenge. “The unpredictability of currency fluctuations makes it difficult for students and parents to budget for foreign education, worsening the challenge of financing. Furthermore, a weakening rupee leads to increased costs and higher debt burden, disproportionately affecting middle-class families,” he states.

Ways to Mitigate Rupee Depreciation

To better manage their finances abroad, students should adopt a three-pronged approach—using forex cards for daily spending, wire transfers for tuition payments, and keeping an emergency cash reserve, advises Motwani. Forex prepaid cards, loaded at a fixed exchange rate, help protect against rupee depreciation. For example, if a student loads a forex card at Rs 86.75 per USD, it shields them from potential losses if the rupee weakens further to 87.47 per USD.

In addition, forex cards eliminate foreign transaction fees and Dynamic Currency Conversion (DCC) charges, making them a more cost-effective alternative to INR-denominated credit or debit cards, which are subject to exchange rate fluctuations.

Traditional banks and money changers often impose hefty mark-ups of 2 to 8 percent. Therefore, opting for zero-markup forex services can save students significant amounts.

Motwani also advises students to open a local bank account in their host country for better financial management. Meanwhile, parents who are financially savvy can hedge against currency fluctuations by using forward contracts to reduce potential losses.

To further cut costs, Subramaniam suggests students reduce discretionary spending and consider shared housing. He also points out that working part-time can help students supplement their income. “Many international students already adopt this strategy, taking on part-time work, internships, or teaching assistant roles to supplement their finances while studying abroad,” he explains.

By adopting these financial strategies, students can navigate international expenses with more confidence and efficiency.

Hedging Against Rupee Volatility

Experts suggest that a well-rounded financial plan for studying abroad should include investments, education loans, and scholarships.

One way to hedge against currency fluctuations is by investing in USD-denominated assets, notes Dubey. For individual investors, passive US ETFs offer a simple and effective method to counter exchange rate risks while keeping pace with education inflation.

For those who prefer to invest in Indian markets due to limited capital or tax considerations, diversified equity mutual funds with strong long-term growth potential can help offset both rupee depreciation and rising education costs.

Although exploring external financing options like loans and scholarships is advisable, Dubey warns against relying entirely on them, stressing the importance of personal savings as a financial cushion.

“Choosing lenders with lower interest rates, flexible repayment options, and customized loan structures can significantly reduce financial strain,” Bhonsle adds.

A Weak Rupee Benefits Students Working Abroad

While a depreciating rupee creates challenges for Indian students studying abroad, it can actually be advantageous for those who secure jobs in countries with stronger currencies like the US, UK, or Europe.

“A weaker rupee actually works in favor of students working abroad, making their loan repayments more manageable due to the currency advantage,” says Bhonsle. However, he cautions that careful planning is necessary to maximize this benefit.

Despite the financial pressures caused by a weakening rupee, Indian students can minimize its impact through smart planning, diversified financial management, and strategic choices regarding study destinations.

The Lasting Impact of Words: Seven Phrases That May Be Hurting Your Child More Than You Think

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

At times, we say things without giving them much thought. A casual remark here, a quick comment there—it might seem harmless in the moment.

However, when it comes to children, certain words leave a deeper impact than we realize. Psychological research suggests that even offhand comments can influence a child’s self-esteem, confidence, and worldview.

The good news? A little mindfulness can make a big difference. By being aware of specific phrases, we can foster a more positive and supportive environment for our children to thrive.

Here are seven seemingly harmless comments that may be affecting your child negatively—and alternatives that can be more constructive.

  1. “You’re too sensitive”

Children experience emotions deeply, which is a positive trait. However, when we dismiss their feelings by saying, “You’re too sensitive,” we imply that their emotions are invalid.

Studies suggest that disregarding a child’s emotions can lead them to question their own experiences. Over time, they may suppress their feelings rather than learning to manage them in a healthy way.

Instead of minimizing their emotions, acknowledge them: “I can see that really upset you. Want to talk about it?” This approach reassures children that their emotions matter while helping them express their feelings constructively.

  1. “Why can’t you be more like your sibling?”

Many children have experienced this comparison, and its sting can last for years. One child may excel academically, while another might struggle with organization. When a parent compares them, it does not inspire improvement; instead, it fosters feelings of inadequacy.

Psychologists caution that such comparisons can harm self-esteem and create unnecessary rivalry. Instead of encouraging better performance, they often lead to resentment and self-doubt.

A more positive approach is to celebrate each child’s strengths. Rather than comparing, say, “I love the way you think creatively” or “I appreciate how hard you worked on that.” Every child is unique, and recognizing their individuality helps them develop confidence.

  1. “I’m disappointed in you”

Disappointment carries a significant emotional weight, especially when it comes from a parent.

Research indicates that children are wired to seek approval from their caregivers. Hearing “I’m disappointed in you” may make them feel they have failed as a person rather than simply made a mistake.

Rather than guiding them toward growth, such comments can instill shame and self-doubt. Over time, children who hear this frequently may develop anxiety about making mistakes or struggle with perfectionism.

A more effective response shifts the focus to learning: “That wasn’t the best choice, but let’s talk about how you can handle it better in the future.” This keeps the emphasis on problem-solving rather than guilt.

  1. “Stop crying, it’s not a big deal”

A broken toy or a lost game may seem trivial to an adult, but for a child, it can feel devastating. When parents say, “Stop crying, it’s not a big deal,” they send the message that the child’s emotions are unimportant.

Over time, this can lead to emotional suppression. Studies show that children who feel their emotions are validated develop greater resilience and emotional intelligence later in life.

Rather than dismissing their feelings, acknowledge them: “I see that you’re really upset. Do you want to talk about it?” This approach helps children feel understood while teaching them how to manage their emotions effectively.

  1. “You always mess things up”

Making mistakes is a natural part of growing up. However, when a child hears, “You always mess things up,” they may begin to believe they are incapable of doing things right. Even if said in frustration, such words can linger long after the moment has passed.

Repeated exposure to this message can lead to a child giving up altogether. They may start thinking, Why try if I’m just going to fail anyway? Instead of fostering improvement, it instills fear—fear of failure, fear of disappointment, and fear of never measuring up.

A more constructive response focuses on effort and learning: “That didn’t go as planned, but what can we do differently next time?” Encouraging children to learn from mistakes builds resilience and confidence.

  1. “Because I said so”

Nearly every parent has used this phrase at some point—it’s quick, it ends the conversation, and sometimes, it just feels easier.

However, constantly relying on “Because I said so” denies children the opportunity to understand the reasoning behind rules and boundaries.

Psychologists suggest that when children comprehend the purpose behind a rule, they are more likely to follow it—not just out of obedience, but because they recognize its value.

Conversely, if they are only taught to obey without question, they may struggle with critical thinking and decision-making as they grow older.

Instead of shutting down the conversation, try providing a simple explanation: “You can’t stay up late because your body needs rest to feel good tomorrow.” This approach helps children feel respected while teaching them to make thoughtful decisions.

  1. “I wish you were more like…”

Few words hurt more than feeling like you are not enough. When a child hears, “I wish you were more like…”—whether referring to a sibling, a friend, or even a younger version of themselves—it reinforces the idea that they are not good enough as they are.

This can result in lifelong self-doubt, people-pleasing tendencies, and a constant need for external validation. Instead of feeling motivated to improve, they may start believing that love and acceptance are conditional—that they must become someone else to be valued.

Every child deserves to feel appreciated for who they are rather than compared to who they could be.

The lasting impact of words

The way we speak to our children becomes the inner voice they carry into adulthood.

GOPIO Convention to be Held in Brisbane, Australia, Seeks Awards Nominations Conference Details Announced

Staff ReporterCommunity, India 0

GOPIO 2025 Convention and Conference Sessions to be Held in Brisbane, Australia, Seeks Nominations for Awards

GOPIO’s 2025 Convention will take place in Brisbane, Australia from March 28-30, 2025 at the Brisbane Mariott. The Convention theme is “The Indian Diaspora’s Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” The convention will be inaugurated on March 28th evening. Discussion topics on March 29th will include Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing and Internet of Things (IoT); Nanotechnology, Advanced Materials and Electronic/Photonic Devices; Pharmaceutical and Food Supplements; Medical Devices and Biomedical Innovations and Energy Generation and Storage Devices. A second track of conference sessions will cover NRIs and PIOs Working Closer to Achieve Common Goals; Diaspora Women and their Growing Contributions in Various Sectors; GOPIO Academic Council Roundtable; and Diaspora Youth & Young Achievers: The role they can play in the Diaspora Movement. Anyone interested to be a speaker/panelist in any session may write to gopio@optonline.net.

The convention will end with an awards banquet on March 29th evening where NRIs and PIOs who have excelled in various professional fields such as sciences, engineering, technology, medicine, legal, arts and letters, performing arts, public service and business as well as entertainers and entrepreneurs will be honored. Also, those who done outstanding community service will also be honored. Please send in a bio listing outstanding achievements, awards and contact details to gopiointl.awards@gmail.com by March 1st.

Early Registration is open now. Visit https://brisbane.gopioqueensland.org/brisbanehome. After registration is complete, one will receive a letter for Australian visa, if needed.

After the GOPIO convention, from March 31st to April 6th, a tailored group trip is planned to visit Fiji, New Zealand and Sydney with sightseeing and meeting with our GOPIO communities. Register your interest at the link below. https://tinyurl.com/GOPIOConventionBrisbane

For more information on the GOPIO convention, contact its Convener Umesh Chandra, ceo@chantex.com.au.

Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike.  GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

GOPIO logo is a trademark registered under the US Patent and Trademark Office.

New Paper | ASEAN Caught Between China’s Export Surge and Global De-Risking

Staff ReporterEconomy, Global 0

Thursday, February 20, 2025 – Asia Society Policy Institute (ASPI) has published “ASEAN Caught Between China’s Export Surge and Global De-Risking,” written by Brendan Kelly, Fellow on Chinese Economy and Technology at ASPI’s Center for China Analysis, and Shay Wester, ASPI’s Director of Asian Economic Affairs. The paper examines how China’s industrial overcapacity is impacting ASEAN economies across key sectors, analyzes responses by ASEAN countries and China, and offers policy recommendations to Washington and ASEAN governments.

“ASEAN overtook the United States and the European Union as China’s largest export market in 2023, with Chinese exports to the region increasing by an additional 12% in 2024, while ASEAN exports to China rose by only 2%,” write Kelly and Wester. “This influx of Chinese goods, including intermediate goods for re-export and consumer goods for ASEAN markets, has widened trade deficits and intensified pressures on local industries.”

Alongside surging imports from China, Kelly and Wester identify three other trends impacting ASEAN economies:

  1. China’s industrial overcapacity is displacing ASEAN exports to third markets.
  2. ASEAN is increasingly becoming the key offshore manufacturing base for Chinese companies, particularly in the clean energy sector.
  3. The U.S., EU, and other economies like Japan and India are intensifying their scrutiny of exports from Chinese companies operating in or processed through third countries.

“ASEAN governments now face a double balancing act: managing growing economic integration with China while contending with mounting pressures from advanced economies to reduce reliance on Chinese supply chains,” write Kelly and Wester. “These pressures ASEAN faces are already building and are likely to be shaped and accelerated under the new Trump administration and China’s decoupling efforts.”

To address these mounting challenges, the authors suggest that ASEAN must strengthen trade tools, enhance regional coordination to manage import surges, invest in their own competitiveness, and diversify supply chains away from China. The paper also provides recommendations for U.S. engagement with ASEAN.

Read the paper here. Members of the media interested in interviewing Kelly and Wester should email pr@asiasociety.org.

Don’t miss ASPI’s upcoming events online and in New York:

Changing Geopolitics of China and Russia in the Arctic

Tuesday, 25 February 2025
8 – 10:30 a.m. EST

New York

The China-Russia Program at the Asia Society Policy Institute’s Center of China Analysis (CCA) is convening a panel to discuss the evolving dynamics of cooperation and competition between China and Russia in the Arctic. The panel will feature Jo Inge Bekkevold, Senior China Fellow at the Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies/Norwegian Defence University College; Katarzyna Zysk, Professor of International Relations and Contemporary History at the Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies; and Elizabeth Wishnick, Senior Research Scientist in the China and Indo-Pacific Security Affairs Division at the Center for Naval Analyses and Senior Research Scholar at the Weatherhead East Asian Institute at Columbia University. The discussion will be moderated by Lyle J. Morris, CCA Senior Fellow on Foreign Policy and National Security.

That’s What (Economic) Friends Are For: Working with Indo-Pacific Partners to Enhance Supply Chain Resilience

Tuesday, 4 March 2025
8 – 9 a.m. EST

Online

We invite you to join a virtual panel discussion with experts from the Indo-Pacific and the U.S. to explore the impact of US friendshoring policy. The panel will feature: Iman Pambagyo, former Chief Trade Negotiator for Indonesia; Jayant Menon, Senior Fellow at the Institute of Southeast Asian Studies (ISEAS) -Yusof Ishak Institute in Singapore; Yasuyuki Todo, Professor at the Graduate School of Economics at Waseda University; and Wendy Cutler, Vice President of Asia Society Policy Institute. Jane Mellsop, ASPI Director of Trade, Investment, and Economic Security, will moderate.

The Two Sessions: What Will China Do on Stimulus, Trade Wars, and Tech Competition?

Thursday, 6 March 2025
9 – 10 a.m. EST

Online

Join us for a panel discussion on what China’s government work report delivered by Xi Jinping on March 5 can tell us about what to expect from China in the year ahead. To analyze these developments, ASPI CCA is pleased to present a next-day webinar with CCA Fellows Michael Hirson, Lizzi C. Lee, and Senior Fellow Guoguang Wu, moderated by Fellow Neil Thomas.

Members of the media interested in attending any of our in person events should contact pr@asiasociety.org.

India Braces for Impact as U.S. Threatens Reciprocal Tariffs

Staff ReporterIndia 0

U.S. President Donald Trump’s warning of imposing reciprocal tariffs starting in early April has raised concerns across India’s export sectors, spanning from automobiles to agriculture. Analysts at Citi Research project that these tariffs could result in annual losses of approximately $7 billion for India.

Government officials are currently awaiting details on how the tariffs will be calculated before fully assessing their economic impact. However, they are preparing strategies to counter them and working on a trade proposal aimed at reducing tariffs while enhancing bilateral trade with the United States.

Sectors at Risk

According to Citi analysts, India’s most vulnerable industries include chemicals, metal products, and jewellery, followed by automobiles, pharmaceuticals, and food products.

India’s merchandise exports to the U.S. in 2024 were estimated at nearly $74 billion. Among these, pearls, gems, and jewellery accounted for $8.5 billion, pharmaceuticals contributed $8 billion, and petrochemicals were valued at around $4 billion.

Overall, India imposed a weighted average tariff of approximately 11% in 2023, which was about 8.2 percentage points higher than the tariffs the U.S. applied to Indian exports, according to Citi estimates.

U.S. Exports to India

In 2024, U.S. manufacturing exports to India were worth nearly $42 billion and faced significantly higher tariffs. These ranged from 7% on wood products and machinery to 15%-20% on footwear and transport equipment. Food items faced the steepest tariff, reaching nearly 68%.

A White House fact sheet released last week highlighted the tariff discrepancies, stating that the U.S. applied an average Most Favored Nation (MFN) tariff of 5% on agricultural goods, whereas India’s average MFN tariff on such products stood at 39%.

Additionally, the U.S. criticized India for imposing a 100% tariff on American motorcycles, while the U.S. levied only a 2.4% tariff on Indian motorcycles.

Agriculture Sector

India’s agriculture and food exports, which have the highest tariff differentials despite relatively low trade volumes, could face significant setbacks if the U.S. chooses to extend reciprocal tariffs to a wider range of farm products.

Textile, Leather, and Wood Products

The textile, leather, and wood product industries, which are labor-intensive, face relatively lower risks due to smaller tariff gaps and their limited share in U.S.-India trade.

Moreover, many American companies manufacture these products in South Asia, benefiting from India’s free trade agreements. This allows them to sell their products in the Indian market at reduced tariffs.

Worst-Case Scenario

Economists at Standard Chartered Bank estimate that in a worst-case scenario—where the U.S. imposes a uniform 10% tariff hike on all Indian imports—India’s economy could experience a decline of 50 to 60 basis points. This projection assumes an 11%-12% drop in Indian exports to the U.S.

India’s Response

To ease trade tensions, India has already reduced tariffs on several goods. For instance, it lowered tariffs on high-end motorcycles from 50% to 30% and slashed duties on bourbon whiskey from 150% to 100%. Furthermore, India has pledged to reassess other tariffs, increase energy imports, and purchase more defense equipment in an effort to address U.S. trade concerns.

Drishyam 3 Confirmed: Mohanlal and Jeethu Joseph Set to Continue the Thriller Saga

Staff ReporterFilm 0

After a long wait, director Jeethu Joseph is returning with the next chapter in the Drishyam series.

On Thursday, actor Mohanlal delighted his fans by announcing on social media that Drishyam 3 is in development. The first installment of the Malayalam thriller, Drishyam, was released in 2013. After a break, its sequel, Drishyam 2, followed in 2021.

To make the announcement, Mohanlal shared a picture of himself with director Jeethu Joseph and producer Antony Perumbavoor. All three were dressed in matching black shirts and posed happily for the camera. Alongside the image, he wrote, “The past never stays silent. Drishyam 3 confirmed.”

Fans Celebrate Drishyam 3 Announcement

As soon as Mohanlal’s post surfaced online, fans expressed their excitement across social media platforms. One user referred to the trio as “The OG,” while another commented, “He’s coming again.” Another enthusiastic fan wrote on X, “The suspense continues! Can’t wait to see how the Drishyam saga unfolds.”

Drishyam’s Widespread Popularity

Drishyam has been a massive success across India, inspiring remakes in multiple languages. The original 2013 Malayalam film starred Mohanlal, Meena, Ansiba Hassan, and Esther Anil in key roles.

Following its success, the film was remade in Telugu as Drushyam and in Kannada as Drishya in 2014. In 2015, it was adapted into Tamil as Papanasam and into Hindi under the same title, Drishyam. The popularity of the film extended beyond India, leading to Sinhalese and Chinese versions titled Withanage and The Witness, respectively.

The sequel, Drishyam 2, also garnered significant acclaim. It was subsequently remade in Hindi, Telugu, and Kannada, with leading actors like Ajay Devgn, Venkatesh, Kamal Haasan, and Ravichandran stepping into Mohanlal’s iconic role. An English adaptation of the film is also in the works.

Director Jeethu Joseph Speaks About Drishyam 3

Discussing the upcoming third installment, Jeethu Joseph shared insights during an interview with RedFM in Malayalam. He explained, “When I made Drishyam in 2013, I did not have a plan for a sequel. It took me five years to zero in on an idea. I had problems in one particular area in the film. Similarly, I am stuck in cracking a certain area in Drishyam 3. I know how to end the movie, but I’m clueless about other areas. The climax of Drishyam 3 is already in my head. I narrated it to Mohanlal Sir, and he liked it as well. But, I want to crack that one area.”

With Jeethu Joseph working through the storyline and Mohanlal returning to lead the film, expectations for Drishyam 3 are already running high. Fans eagerly await to see how the next chapter unfolds in this gripping thriller series.

Experts Highlight Challenges Migrants Face Under Trump-Era Policies

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The policies enacted during the Trump administration have introduced new obstacles for migrants and those assisting them, according to a panel of experts at a Johns Hopkins University event on February 6. The discussion coincided with the launch of the new Critical Diaspora Studies undergraduate major at the Chloe Center.

Hosted by the Chloe Center for the Critical Study of Racism, Immigration, and Colonialism, the event, titled From the Borderlands to Baltimore: Meeting the Challenges for Refugees Today, was organized in collaboration with the Center for Social Concern and the Program in Latin American, Caribbean, and Latinx Studies. The panel examined the impact of shifting policies on migrant communities and the professionals supporting them.

The discussion featured Susana Gastelum from SAMU First Response, Yaneldis Boullon from Esperanza Center Health Services, and immigration lawyer Fatmata Barrie of Barrie Law Center.

Gastelum, who previously worked at a now-closed migrant shelter in Tucson, Arizona, described how policy changes have affected not only migrants but also local businesses that depended on them.

“We were employing food companies, janitorial companies, transportation. And now all these people have been laid off,” she said.

She further explained that asylum restrictions had left many individuals stranded in small border towns, uncertain about their future due to the cancellation of scheduled appointments with U.S. authorities.

The panelists also addressed how policy changes have instilled fear among undocumented migrants and asylum seekers. Boullon pointed out that many migrants now avoid essential services such as hospitals and schools because of the potential risk of encountering immigration enforcement.

“The reality is that depending on the county in Maryland that one lives in, one might be more at risk of being questioned,” Boullon said. She noted that deportations have historically been a government practice but are now being used to create fear among immigrant communities.

Barrie, an immigration attorney, spoke about the psychological burden these policies place on migrants and the role that legal professionals play in guiding them through the complex system.

“They say an attorney is a counselor, and I am doing a lot of the counselor part—having to calm people down and have them understand that the images they see online are purposeful,” she said. “We’ve always had removals and deportations. It’s nothing new, but the images are purposeful. It’s there to imprint people’s minds and psyches to be frozen with fear.”

Despite these challenges, the demand for services in Baltimore remains high, according to Boullon. The Esperanza Center continues to provide critical support to migrants in the city.

The panel also addressed the emotional toll faced by professionals working in high-stress environments. Gastelum shared that her motivation comes from wanting to create a better world for her child and for other mothers, while Boullon highlighted the importance of celebrating and supporting her community.

Myriam Amosu, a senior who attended the event, expressed gratitude for the panelists’ perspectives.

“If it’s stressful for us just hearing about it, you can’t imagine how much it must be for them, actually being there and trying to help as many people as possible,” she told The News-Letter.

The discussion also placed these issues in a broader global framework. Barrie argued that both past and present neocolonial systems have contributed to forced migration, making it essential to understand migration through a historical lens.

Following the event, The News-Letter interviewed Christopher Amanat, a first-year student majoring in History and Critical Diaspora Studies, who played a role in organizing the panel. Amanat, who had previously worked with Gastelum in a migrant shelter, expressed his desire to raise awareness about the difficulties faced by those working in immigration under the current administration.

“If you are an immigrant yourself, or if you have family who are immigrants, or if you have a family member who is undocumented, and you feel afraid and you feel alone, know there are people fighting for you,” he said. “I am fighting for you. We can only make a change together.”

Harvard Tops THE World Reputation Rankings for 14th Straight Year

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Harvard University has once again secured the top position in the Times Higher Education (THE) World Reputation Rankings, maintaining its dominance for the 14th consecutive year. Close behind, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford have tied for second place, while Stanford University and the University of Cambridge share the fourth spot.

The University of Oxford’s strong showing marks the highest reputation ranking for a UK institution in the past decade. This rise suggests that Oxford’s prestige for academic excellence is finally aligning with its overall performance.

Among the top 10 institutions, Ivy League members Princeton University and Yale University secured the seventh and ninth positions, respectively. Additionally, China’s Tsinghua University ranked eighth, and Japan’s University of Tokyo made a significant leap, ranking 10th—18 places higher than its 28th position in the overall world rankings.

Several universities have made their way into the top 50 most influential academic institutions. These include LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester. Moreover, four new countries—Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal—have made their debut in THE World Reputation Rankings this year.

The top 10 universities in THE Rankings are as follows:

Harvard University – United States

Massachusetts Institute of Technology – United States

University of Oxford – United Kingdom

Stanford University – United States

University of Cambridge – United Kingdom

University of California, Berkeley – United States

Princeton University – United States

Tsinghua University – China

Yale University – United States

The University of Tokyo – Japan

The 2025 edition of THE World Reputation Rankings incorporates six performance indicators for the first time. This change aims to offer a more comprehensive evaluation of institutional reputation and reflects the increasing importance of reputation within the academic community.

Pushpa 2: The Rule Becomes an Industry Hit, Grosses ₹1,871 Crore Worldwide

Staff ReporterCinema 0

The creators of Pushpa 2: The Rule, featuring Icon Star Allu Arjun and Rashmika Mandanna, have officially disclosed the film’s final box office earnings. Released globally on December 5 last year, the film has amassed a total collection of ₹1,871 crore. To commemorate this accomplishment, the production team unveiled a special poster showcasing the movie’s revenue.

The filmmakers have proclaimed Pushpa 2 as a major industry hit in Indian cinema. The film made history by raking in ₹294 crore worldwide on its first day, making it the highest first-day grosser for any Indian film. Within three days of its release, the movie surpassed ₹500 crore, and in just six days, it reached the ₹1,000 crore milestone, setting a new benchmark.

Helmed by renowned director Sukumar, the film was produced by Mythri Movie Makers, with music composed by Rockstar Devi Sri Prasad. Currently, Pushpa 2 is still running in select theaters and is also available for streaming on Netflix.

Saurabh Dwivedi Honored by FIA New England for Contributions to Journalism

Staff ReporterMedia 0

Saurabh Dwivedi, Editor-in-Chief of The Lallan Top, was recognized by the Foundation of Indian-Americans (FIA) New England on February 16 for his remarkable contributions to journalism. The event, held in Quincy, Boston, served as a tribute to the renowned Indian journalist and his impactful work in the field.

During the event, Dwivedi announced the launch of his latest initiative, Pragyan, a platform aimed at supporting research scholars and fostering collaborative scholarly work. His commitment to intellectual growth was further highlighted when he shared a list of 20 essential books that have deeply influenced both his personal and professional journey.

Expressing gratitude for the recognition, Dwivedi emphasized the crucial role of media in bridging cultures and communities. He also acknowledged the contributions of the Indian diaspora in shaping global discussions and perspectives.

The event was organized under the leadership of FIA New England’s President Abhishek Singh, Vice President Rakesh Kavsari, Secretary Amol Penshanwar, and executives Anand Sharma, Manisha Kumar, and Sanjiv Tripathi. They extended a warm welcome to Dwivedi and honored him with a traditional shawl and a token of appreciation, recognizing his dedication to truth and quality journalism.

Speaking at the event, Singh praised Dwivedi’s transformative work, stating, “Mr. Dwivedi’s work at The Lallan Top has not only reshaped Indian journalism but has also made a profound impact globally, giving voice to the voiceless and tackling critical issues with compassion and depth.”

The gathering brought together members from diverse Indian-American communities, including representatives from Sankalp and Marathi Mandal. Among them was Sonali Jadhav, President of Marathi Mandal, accompanied by core team members Sandeep Jadhav and Vicky Jadhav, all of whom attended to honor the occasion.

The event also saw the presence of distinguished guests from across the country, such as Vikash Deshpande and Krishna Gudipati from Washington, D.C., and Ravi Kumar from New York. Local community members, including Vinay Prashad, Sunny, and Ishwar, were also in attendance.

As the event concluded, heartfelt gratitude was expressed by Rahul Gholap and Neeraj, who highlighted the significance of the gathering in strengthening bonds within the Indian-American community.

Kumar Sanu Honored with Two Prestigious Awards in the UK

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Renowned playback singer Kumar Sanu, whose evergreen songs from the 90s continue to captivate listeners, was recently bestowed with two significant awards at the UK Parliament. Expressing his gratitude for the recognition, the veteran singer dedicated the honor to his devoted fans.

Kumar Sanu was felicitated by the House of Commons, UK, in appreciation of his outstanding contributions to the music industry. This marks the second time the UK Parliament has acknowledged his immense influence on music.

In addition, he was presented with the Lifetime Achievement Award by the World Book of Records, celebrating his remarkable career and lasting legacy in the world of music.

Reacting to the prestigious recognition, Kumar Sanu expressed his heartfelt appreciation. “I am both overwhelmed and deeply grateful to receive these prestigious awards. It is a great honor to be recognized for my contribution to the music industry, especially for recording 28 songs in a single day—a milestone that is very close to my heart,” he stated.

The veteran singer further extended his gratitude to those who have supported him throughout his journey. “I sincerely thank my friends, family, and fraternity, but most importantly, my incredible fans, whose love and support have meant everything to me over the years. This honor is truly for all of you, thank you from the bottom of my heart,” he added.

Accompanying Kumar Sanu for the special occasion was his daughter, Shannon K, who joined him in London for a special performance following the award ceremonies.

In a brief but emotional acceptance speech, Kumar Sanu reiterated his appreciation for the honor, saying, “I am truly honored by these recognitions. Music has been my lifelong passion, and being acknowledged across countries, especially by the UK Parliament for the second time, is incredibly humbling.”

The legendary singer concluded by dedicating the awards to his loyal fans, emphasizing the support he has received throughout his illustrious career. “I dedicate this to my fans, whose love and support have been my greatest strength throughout my journey,” he said.

Harvard Tops World University Reputation Rankings 2025 for 14th Consecutive Year

Staff ReporterEducation 0

The Times Higher Education (THE) has released the World University Reputation Rankings 2025, with Harvard University once again claiming the top spot. This marks the 14th year in a row that Harvard has led the rankings. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford follow in joint second place, making Oxford the highest-ranked UK university in the reputation rankings since 2015.

The rankings evaluate universities based on their perceived academic excellence, as judged by leading scholars across the globe. The assessment offers valuable insights into how institutions are regarded internationally in terms of their research and teaching quality.

Top 10 Universities in the World University Reputation Rankings 2025

  1. Harvard University (United States) – 99.9
  2. Massachusetts Institute of Technology (United States) – 99.7
  3. University of Oxford (United Kingdom) – 99.7
  4. Stanford University (United States) – 99.6
  5. University of Cambridge (United Kingdom) – 99.6
  6. University of California, Berkeley (United States) – 98.7
  7. Princeton University (United States) – 95.1
  8. Tsinghua University (China) – 92.2
  9. Yale University (United States) – 91.8
  10. The University of Tokyo (Japan) – 90.7

In addition to securing the top overall position, Harvard is also tied for first place in a new measure assessing voter diversity, alongside Oxford and Cambridge. This further reinforces its influence on a global scale. Oxford’s move to joint-second is particularly notable, as it aligns with its dominance in the overall THE World University Rankings, where it has maintained the number one position for the past nine years.

Meanwhile, Tsinghua University continues to hold onto its eighth-place ranking, remaining the top-ranked institution from China and Asia.

This year’s rankings highlight a more diverse global representation, with universities from various regions gaining recognition. Several institutions, including LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester, have made it into the top 50 most influential university brands.

Moreover, the 2025 rankings mark the inclusion of ten new countries that were not represented in the previous year’s rankings. Among them, Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal have made their debut, reflecting the expanding global reach of higher education institutions.

How Are the THE World University Reputation Rankings Determined?

The methodology behind the World University Reputation Rankings 2025 has been refined to provide a more in-depth evaluation of institutional prestige. This year, the rankings incorporate a more extensive set of assessment criteria to better capture the global academic landscape.

Three main factors determine the rankings: vote counts, pairwise comparison, and voter diversity. The vote count measures how many votes an institution receives for its research and teaching excellence. The pairwise comparison method ensures that scholars consider a broader range of institutions when casting their assessments. Meanwhile, voter diversity plays a critical role by rewarding universities that receive recognition from a wide range of geographical regions and academic disciplines.

Australia: The Fastest-Moving Continent on Earth

Staff ReporterScience 0

Australia is constantly evolving, not just in terms of events and developments across the country but also in a more literal sense. The continent is gradually shifting northward at a steady rate of approximately seven centimeters per year, making it the fastest-moving continent on the planet. If this movement continues, Australia will eventually collide with Southeast Asia. However, there is no immediate cause for concern, as this event is projected to take place in the very distant future.

Although Australia is the smallest continent, it is considered the oldest, with portions of its crust dating back an estimated 4.4 billion years. Unlike other continents, Australia has remained geologically stable for hundreds of millions of years, meaning it has not undergone dramatic tectonic shifts. Despite this stability, the continent is still drifting at a faster rate than any other landmass. By comparison, Antarctica and Africa move northward at a much slower pace of 1.5 to 2.5 centimeters per year, while both North and South America shift westward at a rate of two to four centimeters annually.

Australia’s movement is driven by the shifting of the Indo-Australian tectonic plate, the massive plate on which the continent rests. Like all tectonic plates, it is influenced by convection currents within the Earth’s mantle and the pressure exerted by the Indian Ocean Ridge, a vast underwater mountain range. These forces work together to propel Australia forward at an unmatched speed.

While seven centimeters per year may seem insignificant, it is enough to impact Australia’s geographic positioning and GPS coordinates. In 2016, discrepancies in coordinates led to Australia being approximately 1.5 meters off from its actual location. This inaccuracy prompted a significant update on January 1, 2017, when the country’s entire GPS system was adjusted 1.8 meters northward. This was the first major update since 1994. Although such discrepancies have little impact on everyday navigation using Google Maps, precise positioning will become increasingly critical with the advancement of technologies such as self-driving cars.

But what about the possibility of Australia colliding with Asia? While this scenario is theoretically possible, it remains far beyond the scope of the present or even the near future. At its current rate of movement, Australia will not reach Asia for hundreds of millions of years. So, there is no need for concern—at least not in our lifetimes.

Kashi Tamil Sangamam: A Celebration of Timeless Cultural Bonds

Staff ReporterCulture 0

The spirit of Kashi Tamil Sangamam, a nationwide cultural festival, continues to resonate globally as Indian missions in various countries host events showcasing the longstanding connections between Tamil Nadu and Kashi. This grand cultural confluence is currently taking place in Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh, from February 15.

On Tuesday, the Indian Embassy in Cambodia organized a seminar to commemorate the third edition of Kashi Tamil Sangamam (KTS). The seminar focused on the significant contributions of Sage Agastya to Indian traditional medicine and Tamil literature. The event, held in Phnom Penh, saw the participation of several members of the Indian diaspora in Cambodia, including members of the Tamil Sangam.

Sage Agathiyar, also known as Agastya, is a revered figure in Hindu mythology, celebrated for his wisdom, spiritual teachings, and cultural impact. He played a crucial role in bridging the cultures of North and South India. He is also widely known for his expertise in Siddha, an ancient Indian system of medicine. Agastya is regarded as the Father of Tamil literature, and it is believed that he compiled the earliest Tamil grammar book, Agathiyam.

Similarly, the High Commission of India in Kuala Lumpur, in collaboration with the Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose Indian Cultural Centre, hosted an event marking the inauguration of KTS 3.0. High Commissioner B.N. Reddy addressed the gathering, emphasizing that the objective of KTS 3.0 is to rediscover and reinforce the centuries-old link between Kashi and Tamil Nadu, two ancient centers of knowledge in India. He encouraged the Tamil diaspora in Malaysia to participate in large numbers at the Kashi Tamil Sangamam 3.0 event in Varanasi.

At the event, speeches were delivered by Nedunchelian Vengu and Vaidyar Sanjay Kumar Ramachandran on the theme of KTS 3.0, highlighting the “Contribution of Sage Agastya in Classical Tamil Literature and Grammar” and “Contribution to the Siddha System of Medicine,” respectively. Both speakers were honored for their contributions. The event saw attendance from approximately 100 people, including representatives from various community associations, members of PEPTIM—a group representing practitioners of Traditional Indian Medicine in Malaysia—and media representatives.

The Consulate General of India in Houston also organized a special event to mark Kashi Tamil Sangamam 3.0 on February 16, in collaboration with Indian diaspora organizations. A panel discussion titled “Sage Agastya’s Contributions – Work, Wisdom & Influence” was held, featuring insights from Naga Ganesan, Thangavel Vijayalakshmi, Rajesh Garga, and Soundar Jeyabal. The Consulate shared details of the event through a social media post. A large number of Indian-American community members attended, making the event a successful and engaging cultural exchange.

Kashi Tamil Sangamam is a prestigious cultural initiative organized by the Ministry of Education in collaboration with multiple ministries and the Government of Uttar Pradesh. This initiative aims to bring together scholars, students, philosophers, traders, artisans, artists, and people from diverse fields to exchange knowledge, share cultural traditions, and adopt best practices through mutual learning.

“Kashi Tamil Sangamam begins. A celebration of the timeless civilizational bonds between Kashi and Tamil Nadu, this forum brings together the spiritual, cultural, and historical connections that have flourished for centuries. It also highlights the spirit of ‘Ek Bharat, Shrestha Bharat.’ I do urge all of you to be a part of Kashi Tamil Sangamam 2025!” Prime Minister Narendra Modi wrote in a post on X, encouraging participation in next year’s event.

Arthur C. Brooks’ Guide to Happiness: The Science of Joyful Living

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Happiness isn’t something that simply happens overnight. Joy and positivity require practice, and few understand the science behind it better than Arthur C. Brooks.

Arthur’s expertise in cultivating happiness has made his course at Harvard University the most in-demand class at the prestigious business school. “I have about 180 students, with over 400 students on the waiting list,” he told HELLO! “There’s even a secret Zoom link for it that the students think I don’t know about.”

With an increasing focus on living a more purposeful, joyful, and contented life, Arthur believes social media has played a major role in this shift. “But I’m not going to suggest to my students to get rid of social media, because I’m also never going to do that,” he said. “But I do tell them they must try to limit their screen time, don’t look at their phone first thing, and make sure they only follow accounts that make them happy.”

Citing a study by LG Electronics, Arthur pointed out that “half of social media feeds have more negative content than positive, which is why our anxiety and unhappiness levels are creeping up.” He emphasized that establishing a disciplined morning routine has never been more essential. “It gets you off your phone and sets your day right,” he explained.

A Three-Step Formula for Happiness

Arthur outlined a straightforward approach to becoming happier. “To get happier, you need to do three things, and they do not involve downloading an app or taking a pill,” he stated. These steps include understanding the science of happiness, improving daily habits, and making a commitment to long-term lifestyle changes.

“The science of happiness is often surprising,” Arthur said, adding that the final step is sharing these ideas with others. “Most importantly, share the ideas with other people so that you’re committed to and can remember the things yourself,” he advised.

Arthur himself follows a disciplined daily routine that ensures he maintains what he calls “proper happiness hygiene.” “It’s not about having the most special thing or getting the perfect hammock or self-care or any of that nonsense,” he said. Instead, it’s about sticking to scientifically backed protocols that provide a strong foundation for sustained happiness.

The Power of a Morning Routine

Arthur firmly believes that discipline is at the core of self-care. “It’s not about the traditional self-care, which usually means taking it easy by having a bath or lighting a candle… No. Self-care is not taking it easy. Self-care is being disciplined about the things that really work and things that really matter, and that starts first thing in the morning,” he explained.

Regardless of where he is, Arthur adheres to the same morning schedule. “No matter what time zone I’m in, I get up before dawn. I work out. I go to mass. I always start the day in the same way,” he shared.

His approach aligns with an ancient Vedic concept known as Brahma Muhurta, which is also supported by modern neuroscience. “If you get up before dawn, you’re going to have better mental acuity, creativity, and focus for the rest of the day,” Arthur explained. He encouraged people to embrace early mornings, even if they consider themselves night owls. “Yes! This means that you should get up when it’s still dark. And I know, people are like, ‘But I’m a night person,’ and I say, ‘No. You’re not. No. You’re a morning person. You’re just undisciplined.’”

The Role of Physical Activity

Arthur emphasized the importance of exercise in managing mood and stress. “The single best way for you to manage your moods, which tend to be highest when you wake up in the morning as your stress hormones are peaking, is vigorous exercise. So get up before dawn and beat it up,” he advised.

While some might find simple activities like walking beneficial, Arthur takes a more intense approach. “For you, it might be walking, but for me, I have to really get uncomfortable to put myself in my happy place,” he said. “So I get up at 4:30 a.m., and at 4:45 until 5:45 a.m., I exercise very heavy.”

His workout routine involves high-intensity training and resistance exercises. “A lot of resistance and a lot of high-intensity exercise really helps me to manage my stress hormones and my anxiety responses over the course of the day,” he explained.

Nurturing the Soul

After exercising, Arthur prioritizes spiritual and mental well-being. “After exercising, I’m working on my soul,” he said. As a traditionally religious person, his routine includes daily mass. “I go to mass every morning from 6:30 a.m. to 7 a.m., which helps me start the day calm and focused.”

For those who aren’t religious, Arthur suggested alternative methods of soul care. “For somebody else, working on your soul might mean meditation, journaling, or even listening to music or daydreaming on social media,” he said. However, he cautioned against mindless scrolling. “Make sure you’re scrolling on happy accounts. Look out for happy playlists like this one on TikTok to bring optimism to your feed.”

Embracing Unhappiness as Part of Life

Arthur stressed that feeling unhappy at times is natural and doesn’t necessarily mean something is wrong. “Happiness and unhappiness are not opposites,” he explained. Instead, they require different approaches. “But you have to manage them separately. You want to raise your happiness, and you want to manage your unhappiness.”

He warned against the common misconception that eradicating unhappiness should be the goal. “You don’t want to eradicate your unhappiness—that’s a big mistake because there’s nothing wrong with you for feeling unhappy,” he said. “It’s natural, you just need to manage it by getting your routine right. That’s the bottom line.”

Arthur’s approach to happiness is rooted in scientific research and practical strategies, proving that joy isn’t something we stumble upon—it’s something we cultivate through discipline, intentionality, and shared wisdom.

Russia and U.S. Agree to Work Toward Ending Ukraine War and Strengthening Ties

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Russia and the United States reached an agreement on Tuesday to begin efforts toward ending the war in Ukraine and enhancing their diplomatic and economic relations, according to statements from both nations’ top diplomats. This marks a dramatic shift in U.S. foreign policy under President Donald Trump.

In an interview with The Associated Press following the discussions, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio outlined three primary objectives that both parties broadly agreed upon. These include restoring staffing levels at their respective embassies in Washington and Moscow, forming a high-level team to assist in Ukraine peace negotiations, and exploring opportunities for closer diplomatic and economic ties.

However, Rubio emphasized that the meeting, which included his Russian counterpart Sergey Lavrov and senior officials from both sides, was merely the beginning of a dialogue, with substantial work still ahead.

Lavrov echoed this sentiment, telling reporters that “the conversation was very useful.” He further stated, “We not only listened, but also heard each other.”

Among those present at the meeting were Trump’s national security adviser, Michael Waltz, and special Mideast envoy Steven Witkoff, along with Lavrov and Russian President Vladimir Putin’s foreign affairs adviser, Yuri Ushakov.

Despite the significant discussions, no Ukrainian representatives were involved. The talks took place as Ukraine continues to struggle in the face of superior Russian military strength in a prolonged conflict that began nearly three years ago.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy made it clear that his country would not recognize any conclusions reached in the talks, given that Kyiv had no participation. In response, he postponed his planned visit to Saudi Arabia, originally scheduled for Wednesday.

European allies also voiced concerns about potentially being sidelined in the discussions.

Trump, however, showed little tolerance for Ukraine’s complaints about being excluded. He criticized Ukraine’s leaders for failing to prevent the war, implying that they should have made compromises with Russia before the full-scale invasion in 2022.

“Today I heard, ‘Oh, well, we weren’t invited.’ Well, you been there for three years. You should have ended it three years ago,” Trump remarked at a news conference at his Florida residence. “You should have never started it. You could have made a deal.”

Efforts to Improve U.S.-Russia Relations

Relations between the U.S. and Russia have deteriorated significantly over the years, reaching their lowest point in decades. The decline began with Russia’s annexation of Crimea in 2014 and worsened with Moscow’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine.

The U.S., in coordination with European nations, imposed extensive sanctions on Russia to weaken its economy. Additionally, diplomatic tensions escalated as both nations expelled large numbers of each other’s diplomats and implemented restrictions on their embassies.

Rubio suggested on Tuesday that resolving the war in Ukraine could serve as a gateway to unlocking “incredible opportunities” for U.S.-Russia cooperation on mutual interests. He expressed optimism that such collaboration could be beneficial for global stability and lead to improved bilateral relations in the long term.

His remarks signified a striking shift in U.S. policy toward Russia. Under Trump’s predecessor, Joe Biden, Washington spearheaded global efforts to isolate Moscow diplomatically and economically.

Tuesday’s discussions were also intended to lay the groundwork for a potential summit between Trump and Putin. However, according to Ushakov and Waltz, no date has been set for such a meeting. Ushakov indicated that a summit was “unlikely” to occur next week, while Waltz suggested that an arrangement could be made in the coming weeks.

Speaking to reporters post-meeting, Lavrov reiterated the same three objectives outlined by Rubio. He further stated that Washington and Moscow agreed to assign representatives for “regular consultations” on Ukraine.

“I have reason to believe that the American side has started to better understand our position,” Lavrov remarked.

This meeting marked the most extensive diplomatic engagement between the two nations since Russia launched its invasion on February 24, 2022. Previously, Lavrov and then-U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken had only engaged in brief discussions on the sidelines of a G-20 meeting in India nearly two years ago, during a period of heightened tensions.

Concerns Over Being Sidelined

The recent U.S. diplomatic push regarding the Ukraine war has left Kyiv and key Western allies scrambling to ensure they are involved in any decisions. Many fear that Washington and Moscow might pursue an agreement that does not align with their interests.

Ukraine’s exclusion from Tuesday’s discussions frustrated many in the country. In response, France called an emergency meeting of European Union member states and the United Kingdom on Monday to deliberate over the war. During Biden’s presidency, U.S. policy was firm in ensuring Ukraine’s participation in such negotiations.

U.S. State Department spokeswoman Tammy Bruce clarified that the talks were designed to gauge Russia’s seriousness about achieving peace and to assess whether formal negotiations could commence.

Rubio assured that there would be “engagement and consultation with Ukraine, with our partners in Europe and others. But ultimately, the Russian side will be indispensable to this effort.”

He further acknowledged that ending the war would require concessions from all parties and emphasized that the U.S. “is not going to predetermine” what those concessions might be.

Meanwhile, U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth suggested last week that NATO membership for Ukraine was unrealistic. He also hinted that Kyiv may need to abandon its goal of reclaiming all territories lost to Russia—two critical demands from Putin’s side.

French President Emmanuel Macron disclosed that he had phone conversations with both Trump and Zelenskyy after Monday’s European meeting.

“We seek a strong and lasting peace in Ukraine,” Macron wrote on the social media platform X. “To achieve this, Russia must end its aggression, and this must be accompanied by strong and credible security guarantees for the Ukrainians.” He pledged to “work on this together with all Europeans, Americans, and Ukrainians.”

Saudi Arabia’s Role in the Talks

The meeting was held at the Diriyah Palace in Riyadh, the capital of Saudi Arabia, highlighting the kingdom’s aspirations to be a major diplomatic force. Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman has been actively working to bolster his international standing, particularly after his reputation was damaged by the 2018 killing of Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi.

Saudi state media reported that the discussions were held under the prince’s directive. Like the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia has maintained strong relations with Russia throughout the Ukraine war, both through its participation in the OPEC+ oil cartel and diplomatic engagements.

Saudi Arabia has also played a role in prisoner exchanges and hosted Zelenskyy during an Arab League summit in 2023.

However, Zelenskyy postponed his visit to Saudi Arabia this week, possibly to avoid any perception that his trip was linked to the U.S.-Russia talks, given Ukraine’s exclusion. His visit has been rescheduled for March 10.

Ongoing Conflict in Ukraine

Despite diplomatic efforts, Russia has continued its military offensive against Ukraine. According to Ukraine’s military, Russian forces launched a large-scale drone attack overnight.

The Ukrainian air force reported that Russian troops deployed 176 drones, most of which were intercepted or disabled through electronic jamming.

One Russian drone managed to hit a residential building in Dolynska, located in Ukraine’s Kirovohrad region. As a result, a mother and her two children were injured, prompting the evacuation of 38 apartments, as confirmed by the regional administration.

Trump’s Approval Rating Dips as Economic Concerns Grow Amid Tariff Threats

Staff ReporterUSA 0

U.S. President Donald Trump’s approval rating has seen a slight decline in recent days as concerns about the U.S. economy rise. According to a Reuters/Ipsos poll, more Americans are worried about the country’s economic direction, especially as the president continues to threaten multiple nations with tariffs.

The six-day poll, which concluded on Tuesday, found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s performance as president. This represents a slight drop from the 45% approval rating recorded in a Reuters/Ipsos poll conducted from January 24-26. His approval was slightly higher at 47% in a separate poll conducted on January 20-21, just as he returned to the White House.

Meanwhile, disapproval of Trump’s presidency has increased more significantly. The latest poll found that 51% of Americans disapproved of his job performance, a notable jump from 41% in the immediate aftermath of his return to office.

Despite the overall decline in approval, Trump continues to receive considerable support for his immigration policies. The poll found that 47% of respondents approved of his stance on immigration, which includes promises to intensify deportations of undocumented migrants. This level of support has remained relatively unchanged since January.

However, economic concerns among the public appear to be growing. The percentage of Americans who believe the economy is headed in the wrong direction increased to 53% in the latest poll, up from 43% in the January 24-26 survey. Additionally, public confidence in Trump’s handling of the economy has dropped. His approval rating for economic management fell from 43% in the previous poll to 39% in the most recent one.

Economic performance has been a cornerstone of Trump’s political appeal, with many voters believing that his policies would benefit the economy. His current approval rating on economic matters is still higher than the final rating of his Democratic predecessor, Joe Biden, who left office with just 34% approval on economic issues. However, Trump’s standing on this front has weakened compared to earlier in his presidency. In February 2017, during the first full month of his first term, Reuters/Ipsos polling showed him with a 53% approval rating on the economy.

Inflation remains a particularly troubling issue for Trump. In the latest survey, only 32% of respondents approved of his handling of inflation, signaling potential early disappointment in his economic policies. This follows several years of rising prices, which contributed to Biden’s struggles in the last presidential election. Trump won that election by securing a victory in the Electoral College while also narrowly winning the popular vote against Biden’s vice president, Kamala Harris.

Recent data from the U.S. Labor Department highlights ongoing economic challenges, as consumer prices in January rose at their fastest rate in nearly a year and a half. Americans are facing higher costs for various goods and services, and additional economic reports suggest that U.S. households anticipate inflation to increase further. These concerns have been exacerbated by Trump’s February 1 announcement of steep tariffs on imports from China, Mexico, and Canada.

Although tariffs on Mexico and Canada have been postponed until March, Trump has set March 12 as the start date for other duties on imported steel and aluminum. He has also instructed his administration to design a system of global reciprocal tariffs.

The poll reveals that the majority of Americans are not in favor of new tariffs on imported goods. Fifty-four percent of respondents opposed such measures, while 41% expressed support. However, the public appears to be more divided on tariffs specifically targeting Chinese imports. In this case, 49% of respondents were in favor, while 47% were opposed.

Conducted online, the Reuters/Ipsos poll surveyed 4,145 U.S. adults across the country. The survey has a margin of error of approximately two percentage points in either direction

How the Catholic Church Chooses a New Pope

Staff ReporterReligion 0

As Pope Francis recovers from bronchitis in the hospital, speculation has grown about what would happen if he were to resign due to health concerns, following the precedent set by his predecessor, Pope Benedict XVI.

The process by which the Catholic Church selects a new Pope has remained largely unchanged for the past 800 years. This system, known as the ‘Papal Conclave,’ will be employed once again when the time comes to choose Francis’ successor.

The selection process is democratic, relying on multiple rounds of voting until a clear consensus is reached. Under the current regulations, only Cardinals who are under 80 years old are permitted to vote.

While, in theory, any male Catholic is eligible to become Pope, in practice, the role has traditionally been filled by members of the College of Cardinals for centuries. There is no age restriction for becoming Pope, but history shows that most Pontiffs have been selected at an older age. Francis assumed the role at 76 and is now 88. Before him, Benedict XVI became Pope at 78 and unexpectedly retired at 85 after serving for eight years.

The process of selecting a new Pope begins with a special morning mass, after which the 120 voting-age Cardinals assemble in the Sistine Chapel. This chapel, renowned for its breathtaking decorations, has hosted every Papal Conclave since 1858.

Later in the day, the phrase “extra omnes” (meaning “everybody out”) is declared, signaling that only the Cardinals may remain inside. Having sworn an oath of secrecy, they are locked in until a new Pope is chosen.

The first round of voting does not necessarily yield an immediate result. The process involves speeches, prayer, reflection, and, inevitably, strategic negotiations as Cardinals narrow down the candidates through successive rounds.

Inside the Sistine Chapel, the Cardinals are seated on both sides. Nine Cardinals are randomly selected to oversee and manage the voting process. Among them, three act as Scrutineers, responsible for supervising the vote, three collect the ballots, and the remaining three verify them.

To be elected, a candidate must receive a two-thirds majority. If a strong candidate emerges early, the process can conclude swiftly. However, from the 34th ballot onward, voting is restricted to the two frontrunners who garnered the most support in the preceding round. Historically, some conclaves have been remarkably prolonged. One of the longest in history, occurring in the late 13th century, lasted nearly three years due to severe political discord. During this time, three voting Cardinals passed away.

The voting process itself is conducted in secrecy. In 1621, Pope Gregory XV implemented the secret ballot system to minimize overt political maneuvering. Nevertheless, the Conclave remains a battleground of competing factions, each striving for their preferred candidate. During each round, Cardinals write down their chosen candidate’s name, often altering their handwriting to keep their vote anonymous.

Once voting is complete, the ballots are burned in a small fire inside the Sistine Chapel. The color of the smoke signals the outcome to the crowds gathered outside. If black smoke rises, it indicates that no Pope has been elected, and voting will continue.

When a candidate secures the required two-thirds majority, the Cardinal Dean summons him to the front of the chapel and asks if he accepts the position. Upon agreeing, the newly elected Pope is asked to select his Papal name.

Despite being regarded as the successor of St. Peter, no Pope has ever chosen the name Peter. This is partly due to the desire to avoid direct comparisons with the founder of the Roman Catholic Church and partly because of an old prophecy suggesting that a Pope named Peter would precede the end of the world.

With the election finalized, the ballots are burned again, this time with a special additive that produces white smoke, signaling to the world that a new Pope has been chosen.

In anticipation of the new leader, Vatican tailors prepare three sets of Papal robes in small, medium, and large sizes. After the election, the new Pope enters the Room of Tears, adjacent to the Sistine Chapel, where he dons his white robes and red slippers.

Finally, he is introduced to the public from the main balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica with the historic declaration: “Annuntio vobis gaudium magnum: Habemus Papam!” meaning, “I announce to you with great joy, we have a Pope.”

TCS Faces Allegations of Visa Fraud in the US

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), India’s largest IT outsourcing firm based in Mumbai, is reportedly under scrutiny over allegations of visa fraud. Whistleblowers claim that the company misused special work visas to bypass US labor laws. According to lawsuits and an investigation by Bloomberg News, TCS allegedly exploited L-1A manager visas to bring frontline workers to the US while falsely identifying them as managers.

Anil Kini, a former IT manager for TCS in Denver, has accused company executives of instructing him to manipulate internal organizational charts to misrepresent employees’ job roles. Kini alleges that this occurred in 2017 when the Trump administration intensified its oversight of employment visas. According to Bloomberg, the goal was to align job titles with visa applications to avoid federal scrutiny.

Along with two other former TCS employees, Kini filed lawsuits under the federal False Claims Act, alleging that the company systematically misused the L-1A visa program. Unlike H-1B visas, which have strict wage and education requirements, L-1A visas are intended for managerial transfers and are subject to fewer regulations. Bloomberg reported that while Kini’s lawsuit was dismissed earlier this year, he has since appealed the decision.

Between October 2019 and September 2023, the US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) approved over 90,000 L-1A visas, primarily used by IT outsourcing firms to manage technology operations for US companies. TCS led the approvals, securing more than 6,500 L-1A visas—more than the next seven largest recipients combined.

Despite receiving a high number of these visas, TCS reported a significantly lower count of managerial employees in the US compared to the number of visas granted. In its 2022 report to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), TCS stated that among its 31,000 employees based in the US, fewer than 600 held executive or managerial positions. However, that same year, the company received approvals for 1,969 new or renewed L-1A visas. Similarly, in 2021, TCS reported having 564 executives and managers in the US but obtained approvals for 1,447 L-1A visas.

TCS has strongly denied any wrongdoing. “TCS does not comment on ongoing litigation, however we strongly refute these inaccurate allegations by certain ex-employees, which have previously been dismissed by multiple courts and tribunals. TCS rigorously adheres to all US laws,” a company spokesperson told the news outlet.

Legal experts warn that misrepresenting job titles to obtain L-1A visas for employees who do not meet the managerial criteria violates the Immigration and Nationality Act. Some attorneys have pointed out that weak enforcement by federal agencies has allowed certain employers to exploit this loophole.

Kini’s appeal highlights ongoing concerns about visa fraud and raises questions about how outsourcing firms influence the US labor market.

The H-1B visa, distinct from the L-1A visa, is a non-immigrant visa allowing US employers to temporarily hire foreign workers in specialized fields that typically require a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent. Employers must sponsor workers and submit the necessary petitions to USCIS. Due to high demand, there is an annual limit on new H-1B visas, and if applications exceed the cap, a lottery system determines which petitions are processed. H-1B visas are initially granted for three years but can be extended.

Air India Expands International Network and Upgrades Fleet for 2025

Staff ReporterTravel 0

Air India is making significant expansions to its international flight network while enhancing its fleet, providing travelers with more options and improved comfort.

These updates will take effect from March 30, 2025, aligning with the airline’s Northern Summer schedule.

Increased Flights to the UK and Europe

Passengers traveling between India and the United Kingdom will have access to more flights on several key routes. The Delhi-London Heathrow route, a popular choice for both business and leisure travelers, will see three additional flights per week, bringing the total to 24.

These flights will be operated using a combination of Air India’s flagship A350-900 and upgraded Boeing 787-9 aircraft, ensuring a comfortable and modern experience for passengers.

Beyond London Heathrow, Air India is also increasing services to other UK cities. Flights from Amritsar to both Birmingham and London Gatwick will now operate four times a week instead of three.

The Ahmedabad-London Gatwick route will experience the most notable expansion, increasing from three to five weekly flights, giving passengers more flexibility.

Across Europe, the airline is also strengthening its operations. The Delhi-Zurich route will add one more weekly flight, raising the total to five. Similarly, the Delhi-Vienna route will increase its frequency from three to four flights per week to accommodate rising demand.

Growth in Asia and Africa

Air India’s network expansion extends beyond Europe, with an increased focus on Asia and Africa.

Flights on the Delhi-Seoul Incheon route will rise from four to five per week. Additionally, the airline is increasing capacity on the Delhi-Hong Kong route by replacing the Airbus A321 with the larger Boeing 787 Dreamliner for all seven weekly flights.

In Africa, Air India is also strengthening its presence by increasing the frequency of its Delhi-Nairobi route from three to four flights per week. This adjustment aims to improve connectivity between India and East Africa.

Fleet Modernization and Upgrades

In addition to expanding its route network, Air India is heavily investing in fleet modernization. The airline’s narrowbody aircraft upgrades are progressing well and are expected to be completed by mid-2025.

The first of its legacy widebody aircraft, a Boeing 787, will undergo a retrofit beginning in April 2025. This upgrade will feature new seats and advanced entertainment systems, significantly enhancing the passenger experience.

The aircraft is expected to return to service in October 2025. Following this, two to three Boeing 787s will undergo similar upgrades each month until all 27 legacy aircraft in the fleet have been refurbished.

Boeing 777 Retrofit and Service Adjustments

While the Boeing 787 upgrades remain on schedule, the retrofit of the legacy Boeing 777 fleet, originally planned for 2025, will now begin in early 2026.

This delay is due to supply chain constraints with the airline’s selected seat supplier. However, Air India will undertake interim improvements to the interiors of the Boeing 777 aircraft throughout 2025 to enhance passenger comfort before the full retrofit program begins.

As part of these fleet modifications and the resulting temporary reduction in operational capacity, Air India will suspend its non-stop Mumbai-Melbourne service between March 30 and September 13, 2025.

Additionally, the non-stop Kochi-London Gatwick route will be suspended from March 30, 2025, until further notice.

Despite these changes, Air India will continue operating 12 weekly flights to London Gatwick from Amritsar, Ahmedabad, and Goa, maintaining essential connectivity for travelers.

These strategic moves are designed to help Air India manage its fleet efficiently during the upgrade process while ensuring long-term improvements in the travel experience for its passengers.

Supreme Court Grants Ranveer Allahbadia Interim Relief but Imposes Gag Order

Staff ReporterMedia 0

The Supreme Court on Tuesday provided interim protection from arrest to podcaster-influencer Ranveer Allahbadia in connection with FIRs filed against him for remarks made on a YouTube show.

However, a Bench consisting of Justices Surya Kant and N K Singh imposed strict conditions, including a prohibition on Allahbadia and his associates from airing any content on social media until further orders.

Additionally, the Supreme Court sought the assistance of the Attorney General of India in the next hearing to address the “vacuum” in the regulation of online content.

While the court’s relief prevents Allahbadia’s immediate arrest, the imposition of a gag order raises concerns regarding free speech. This restriction contradicts a previous Supreme Court ruling, which held that such a condition could have a “chilling effect on the freedom of speech.”

Petitioner’s Plea for Protection

Allahbadia had approached the Supreme Court seeking to merge multiple FIRs filed against him and requesting an interim order preventing his arrest.

Effectively, this request was similar to an anticipatory bail plea, which is commonly filed under Article 32 of the Constitution to ensure the protection of fundamental rights and prevent arbitrary police action.

The practice of registering multiple FIRs in different locations for the same alleged offense has been recognized in numerous cases as a constraint on personal liberty.

Courts generally consolidate such FIRs or allow proceedings to continue under just one, staying the others to prevent the accused from being required to appear in multiple courts. Ultimately, even if convicted, the accused would serve a common sentence rather than consecutive ones.

Supreme Court’s Gag Order on Ranveer Allahbadia

The Supreme Court stayed FIRs filed against Allahbadia in Jaipur and Guwahati and also restrained the registration of any future FIRs based on the same allegations. It further permitted him to approach the police for protection in case of any threats.

However, the court imposed two key conditions: first, Allahbadia was required to surrender his passport to prevent him from leaving the country; second, it directed that “he or his associates shall not air any show on YouTube or any other audio/video visual mode of communication till further orders.”

Conditions for Bail

Under Section 438(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC), the High Court or the Court of Sessions may grant conditional bail, depending on the circumstances of the case.

For instance, requiring an accused to deposit their passport is a measure to mitigate the risk of flight. Bail may also involve a substantial monetary bond to ensure that the accused cooperates with the investigation. Another frequent requirement is for the accused to report periodically to a designated police officer.

In some cases, courts have imposed stringent bail conditions, such as sharing a live Google Maps location or residing in a specific locality. In a 2023 case, where an accused was required to deposit an excessive sum of money to obtain bail, the Supreme Court criticized the practice, stating that imposing such conditions was akin to “selling bail.”

“How many times have you stood in the Supreme Court and High Court objecting to such onerous conditions? How can we start selling bail like this?” a Bench led by Justice Ravindra Bhat had remarked.

Despite the range of bail conditions imposed in various cases, a gag order as a prerequisite for interim relief is unusual. Such an order constitutes a form of prior restraint—where speech or expression is prohibited before it takes place.

Indian legal precedent generally prohibits the state from enacting prior restraint laws. In hate speech cases, courts may prohibit the accused from making similar statements, but such restrictions are usually narrowly defined to avoid excessive interference with free speech.

Previous Supreme Court Ruling on Gag Orders

In 2022, while granting bail to Alt News co-founder Mohammed Zubair, a three-judge Supreme Court Bench led by Justice D Y Chandrachud rejected the Uttar Pradesh government’s request to bar him from tweeting while out on bail.

“Merely because the complaints… arise from posts that were made by him on a social media platform, a blanket anticipatory order preventing him from tweeting cannot be made. A blanket order directing the petitioner to not express his opinion—an opinion that he is rightfully entitled to hold…—would be disproportionate to the purpose of imposing conditions on bail. The imposition of such a condition would tantamount to a gag order against the petitioner. Gag orders have a chilling effect on the freedom of speech,” the court observed.

The court further emphasized that Zubair needed access to social media as a medium of communication for his profession, stating that a gag order would “amount to an unjustified violation of the freedom of speech and expression, and the freedom to practice his profession.”

Trump Seeks Half of Ukraine’s Mineral Revenue in Exchange for Security Guarantees

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Former U.S. President Donald Trump is reportedly seeking half of the revenue from Ukraine’s mineral resources and veto power over licensing in exchange for providing security guarantees if a peace agreement is reached between Moscow and Kyiv, according to leaked documents.

Trump had previously suggested that Ukraine should compensate the U.S. for financial and military support by granting Washington access to its vast but largely untapped rare earth mineral reserves. However, newly revealed documents indicate that a potential deal could extend U.S. access beyond rare earths to Ukraine’s ports, infrastructure, and oil and gas resources.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has expressed willingness to negotiate a deal with Trump that involves U.S. participation in the development of Ukraine’s significant deposits of rare earth minerals and other crucial resources.

The Kremlin responded swiftly to these reports, asserting that they highlight how the U.S. is no longer offering aid to Ukraine without conditions. A Kremlin spokesperson further stated that Russia is opposed to Trump providing any form of assistance to Kyiv.

However, according to a newly surfaced draft agreement obtained by The Telegraph, the U.S. and Ukraine would establish a joint investment fund to ensure that “hostile parties to the conflict do not benefit from the reconstruction of Ukraine.”

The document, labeled “Privileged & Confidential” and dated February 7, reportedly outlines terms regarding Ukraine’s economic assets, including “mineral resources, oil and gas resources, ports, and other infrastructure (as agreed).”

Under the proposed agreement, the U.S. would receive 50 percent of Ukraine’s recurring revenues from resource extraction, along with half of the financial value from “all new licenses issued to third parties” for future resource monetization, The Telegraph reported.

The contract, which was allegedly drafted by private legal firms rather than the U.S. Department of State or the Department of Commerce, further specifies: “For all future licenses, the U.S. will have a right of first refusal for the purchase of exportable minerals.”

According to the documents seen by The Telegraph, the joint investment fund “shall have the exclusive right to establish the method, selection criteria, terms, and conditions” for all future licenses and projects.

Rare earth minerals, a group of 17 metals, play a critical role in modern technology, as they are used in magnets that convert power into motion for applications such as electric vehicles, smartphones, missile systems, and various electronics. Currently, there are no viable substitutes for these essential materials.

The U.S. Geological Survey classifies 50 minerals as critical, including multiple rare earth elements, nickel, and lithium.

Ukraine possesses deposits of 22 of the 34 minerals that the European Union has identified as critical, according to data from Ukraine’s Economy Ministry. These resources include industrial and construction materials, ferroalloys, precious and non-ferrous metals, and some rare earth elements.

Zelensky recently stated that Russian forces currently control approximately half of Ukraine’s rare earth mineral deposits.

Ukraine is also known for its significant coal reserves. However, much of this coal-rich land is now under Russian occupation.

In addition to rare earth elements, Ukraine is regarded as a potential key supplier of lithium, beryllium, manganese, gallium, zirconium, graphite, apatite, fluorite, and nickel, according to the World Economic Forum.

The ongoing war has inflicted severe destruction across Ukraine, with Russia now controlling roughly one-fifth of Ukrainian territory. Ukraine’s coal reserves, which were once essential for its steel industry, are largely concentrated in the east—an area that has been largely lost to Russian occupation.

According to estimates by Ukrainian think tanks We Build Ukraine and the National Institute of Strategic Studies, roughly 40 percent of Ukraine’s metal resources are now under Russian control, based on data from the first half of 2024.

The specifics of any agreement between the U.S. and Ukraine will likely be refined in future discussions between officials from both countries.

SEC Seeks India’s Help in Adani Group Investigation Over Alleged Securities Fraud and Bribery

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has sought assistance from Indian authorities in its probe into Adani Group founder Gautam Adani and his nephew, Sagar Adani, over allegations of securities fraud and a $265-million bribery scheme, according to a court filing on Tuesday.

The regulator informed a New York district court that it was attempting to serve its complaint on both individuals and had approached India’s law ministry for assistance in doing so.

Neither Gautam Adani nor Sagar Adani is in U.S. custody, as both are currently in India.

“The SEC has requested assistance … under the Hague service convention,” the court document stated.

Adani Group and India’s law ministry did not immediately respond to Reuters’ request for comment regarding the matter.

Last week, Prime Minister Narendra Modi clarified that he did not discuss the Adani case with U.S. President Donald Trump during his Washington visit. Addressing reporters, he emphasized that it was an individual issue and had never been a topic of discussion between leaders.

India’s opposition Congress party has demanded Adani’s arrest, alleging that Modi has either shielded him or favored him in past business dealings. However, both Modi’s party and Adani have denied these accusations.

In the previous year, federal prosecutors in Brooklyn unveiled an indictment against Adani, accusing him of bribing Indian officials to secure government purchases of electricity generated by Adani Green Energy, a subsidiary of Adani Group.

The indictment also alleged that Adani misled U.S. investors by presenting reassuring information about the company’s anti-corruption measures.

Adani Group has strongly refuted these claims, describing them as “baseless” and asserting its intention to pursue “all possible legal recourse.”

In January, Adani Green announced that it had engaged independent law firms to examine the U.S. indictment against the company.

112 Indians Deported from US Arrive in Amritsar Amid Immigration Crackdown

Staff ReporterIndia 0

A total of 112 Indian nationals, who had been deported from the United States for residing in the country illegally, landed in Amritsar on Sunday night. This marks the third such deportation in just ten days, occurring as part of the Trump administration’s intensified crackdown on undocumented immigrants.

According to sources, the deportees arrived aboard a C-17 Globemaster aircraft operated by the U.S. Air Force. The plane touched down at Amritsar International Airport at approximately 10:03 p.m.

Among those deported, 31 individuals hail from Punjab, 44 from Haryana, 33 from Gujarat, two from Uttar Pradesh, and one each from Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand. Some of their families had gathered at the airport to receive them upon arrival.

Following standard procedures, the deportees will be permitted to return to their respective homes after the completion of all necessary formalities, including immigration procedures, verification, and background checks. Authorities have made arrangements for their transportation to their respective destinations, sources confirmed.

This latest deportation follows two similar instances earlier in the month. The first took place on February 5, when a U.S. military aircraft transported 104 Indians to Amritsar. A second deportation flight carrying 116 Indian nationals arrived on Saturday.

During the first deportation, individuals were reportedly shackled and restrained throughout the journey and were only released upon reaching India. This led to a significant political uproar in India, sparking debates in both Houses of Parliament during the Budget session. Similar allegations of mistreatment have now been raised by those who returned on Saturday.

Responding to the growing criticism, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar stated that the Indian government is in discussions with the United States to ensure that deported individuals are treated with dignity. He also pointed out that such deportations are not a new phenomenon, emphasizing that the U.S. has been sending back illegal immigrants for years.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who recently visited the United States, reiterated India’s stance on the issue. He assured that India would accept its citizens who are found to be living illegally in the U.S. However, he stressed the importance of tackling human trafficking.

“Our bigger fight is against that entire ecosystem, and we are confident that President Trump will fully cooperate with India in finishing this ecosystem,” Modi stated.

Meanwhile, the U.S. Embassy in India defended the deportations, underscoring their importance to national security and public safety.

“Enforcing our nation’s immigration laws is critically important to the national security and public safety of the United States,” an embassy spokesperson said. “It is the policy of the United States to faithfully execute the immigration laws against all inadmissible and removable aliens.”

India ranks as the third-largest source of undocumented immigrants in the U.S., following Mexico and El Salvador.

Many of those deported, particularly from Punjab, had initially sought to migrate to the U.S. in hopes of securing a better future for their families. However, their aspirations were crushed when they were caught at the U.S. border and sent back to India in shackles.

Chhaava’s OTT Release: Vicky Kaushal’s Historical Drama Set to Premiere on Netflix

Staff ReporterFilm 0

The Bollywood film Chhaava, featuring Vicky Kaushal, Rashmika Mandanna, and Akshaye Khanna, is gearing up for its OTT release. The movie, which presents a gripping historical drama based on the life of Sambhaji Maharaj, has captured significant attention since its theatrical debut. With an expected release on Netflix, audiences will soon be able to witness this epic tale from the comfort of their homes.

Chhaava made its theatrical debut on February 14, 2025, earning widespread acclaim from critics and viewers alike. The film’s compelling storytelling and rich historical narrative contributed to its success at the box office. Given its strong performance in theaters, anticipation has been steadily building for its digital release, allowing a broader audience to experience the cinematic grandeur of the movie.

The movie boasts an impressive cast led by Vicky Kaushal, who portrays Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj. Rashmika Mandanna plays the role of Maharani Yesubai, while Akshaye Khanna takes on the character of Mughal Emperor Aurangzeb. The film’s star-studded lineup enhances its authenticity, making it a must-watch for fans of historical dramas. The performances by the lead actors bring depth to the portrayal of these significant historical figures, adding to the film’s overall impact.

OTT enthusiasts can look forward to watching Chhaava on Netflix, where the film is set to be released. While the exact release date has yet to be confirmed, subscribers can expect the film to arrive on the platform soon. With its gripping storyline and stellar performances, the movie promises to be a compelling watch for global audiences.

Bollywood films typically make their way to OTT platforms within 45 to 60 days after their theatrical release. If Chhaava follows this trend, it is likely to be available for streaming on Netflix by early April 2025. This timeline aligns with recent Bollywood releases that have transitioned from theaters to digital platforms, allowing fans to revisit the film without waiting too long.

The movie draws inspiration from the book Chhaava, which explores the courageous journey of Sambhaji Maharaj and his relentless fight to protect the Maratha empire. Through its historical depth and emotional storytelling, Chhaava offers an immersive cinematic experience, highlighting the valor and resilience of its central characters.

As fans eagerly await the OTT release, Chhaava remains a testament to the power of historical storytelling in Bollywood. The film’s arrival on Netflix will provide an opportunity for a wider audience to appreciate the legacy of Sambhaji Maharaj and the rich history of the Maratha empire.

Conclave Set to Surpass $100 Million at Global Box Office Following BAFTA Wins

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

“Conclave” is poised to cross the $100 million mark at the worldwide box office this week, marking a significant achievement for a film targeted at adult audiences. This milestone comes shortly after the papal thriller secured four BAFTA awards, winning in the categories of best film, best British film, best adapted screenplay, and best editing. It tied for the most wins alongside “The Brutalist.”

Director Edward Berger expressed his excitement over the film’s success, stating, “This is such a personal film for me, so to hear how it has connected with and entertained so many movie lovers around the world makes me very happy. I am very grateful to our incredible partners releasing ‘Conclave’ who have helped this film reach its utmost potential.”

The film, produced by FilmNation Entertainment, has reached a current global gross of approximately $98.5 million. Of this total, international markets have contributed $66.3 million, while North America has accounted for $32.2 million. Focus Features is handling the film’s U.S. distribution, where it has been screening in 300 theaters since its release in October.

Several major international markets, including Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan, are set to release the film soon. “Conclave” was produced on a budget of $20 million.

FilmNation Entertainment CEO Glen Basner highlighted the film’s broad appeal, stating, “Distributors have been telling us what their audiences want, and we have been listening. Moviegoers want a compelling and entertaining experience at the cinema, and audiences are more discerning than ever. ‘Conclave’ is the perfect storm of great directing, writing, and acting and shows us how the independent model works.”

The film delves into the political maneuvering within the Catholic Church as different factions vie to elect a new pope. Its ensemble cast features Ralph Fiennes, Stanley Tucci, John Lithgow, Sergio Castellitto, and Isabella Rossellini. Peter Straughan adapted the screenplay from Robert Harris’s 2016 novel of the same name.

In North America, “Conclave” has grossed $32.2 million. The film has also performed well in various international markets. In the United Kingdom, it has earned $10.3 million, where Black Bear handled the local distribution. In France, where the film was distributed by SND, it grossed $8.9 million. Meanwhile, the film brought in $4.3 million in Australia.

In Germany, Berger’s home country, the film has generated $9 million, with Leonine overseeing its distribution. In Spain, where DeAPlaneta handled local distribution, “Conclave” has accumulated $5 million. The film has also performed well in Mexico, earning $3.7 million through distributor Sun/Diamond, and in Switzerland, where Ascot Elite handled distribution, contributing $2.1 million to the overall gross.

In addition to its box office success, “Conclave” has earned eight Academy Award nominations. These include nods for best picture and best adapted screenplay. Ralph Fiennes has received a nomination for best actor, while Isabella Rossellini has been recognized with a best supporting actress nomination.

A remarkable celebration of life of Ustad Zakir Hussain

Staff ReporterCulture 0
New York, NY — The Asia Society & Sneh Arts came together to host a heartfelt memorial tribute in honor of the legendary Ustad Zakir Hussain, in collaboration with Sound Traditions. The event brought together an extraordinary assembly of cultural leaders, admirers and local musicians who celebrated his unparalleled legacy through stories, shared memories, and music.
Collage de fotos neutro minimalista aesthetic
Highlights of the Evening:
The program commenced with inspiring opening remarks by Rachel Cooper (Asia Society), Sunny Thakkar (Sneh Arts & Sneh Arts Foundation), and Shruti Rawoot (Sound Traditions). Their reflections set the tone for an evening of deep gratitude and admiration for Ustad Zakir Hussain’s monumental contributions to music and culture.
The opening musical offering was a deeply spiritual moment, featuring a harmonious blend of:
Shruti Rawoot’s serene rendition of Dhrupad Bandish.
Amira Dvorah’s moving Islamic prayers.
Deepak Kumar’s soul-stirring Sanskrit peace prayer accompanied by the tanpura.
A curated video tribute captured key milestones of Zakir ji’s illustrious career, evoking emotions among the audience as they witnessed his journey through sound and artistry.
Community Reflections:
The memorial brought forth heartfelt reflections from esteemed members of the community. Speakers shared personal anecdotes and professional insights into Zakir ji’s life, influence, and enduring impact.
Musical Tribute:
The tribute continued with mesmerizing performances by:
Avirodh Sharma (tabla) and Rohan Misra (sarangi) in a special dedication to Zakir ji.
Amira Dvorah shared some personal funny stories and music with a moving flute performance.
The program concluded with a final video of Zakir ji speaking about being one with his instrument and the magic that happens when their spirits meet. It created a powerful closing moment that resonated with all in attendance.
Acknowledgments:
This memorial event would not have been possible without the partnership of the Asia Society, the dedication of Sneh Arts in collaboration with Sound Traditions, and the active participation of the community.
About the Hosts:unnamed (1)
Sneh Arts (@snehartsny): A New York-based arts organization founded by Sunny Thakkar, dedicated to preserving and promoting Indian music, dance, and culture.
Sound Traditions: Co-founded by Shruti Rawoot, promoting “Baithak Style” concerts and sparking cultural innovation through Indian classical music.
Asia Society Museum: A leading institution fostering global understanding through arts and education.

Indian Migration to the U.S.: Trends, Challenges, and Policy Shifts

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Donald Trump has prioritized the large-scale deportation of undocumented foreign nationals as a key policy, with reports indicating that U.S. authorities have identified approximately 18,000 Indian nationals suspected of entering the country illegally.

During his recent visit to Washington, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the issue, stating that India would repatriate its citizens residing unlawfully in the U.S. while also intensifying efforts to dismantle the “human trafficking ecosystem.”

“These are children of very ordinary families, and they are lured by big dreams and promises,” Modi remarked.

Now, a new study by Abby Budiman and Devesh Kapur from Johns Hopkins University offers a detailed examination of the numbers, demographics, entry methods, locations, and trends of undocumented Indian nationals in the U.S. over time.

The Size of the Undocumented Indian Population

Unauthorized immigrants constitute approximately 3% of the U.S. population and 22% of all foreign-born residents. However, estimates regarding the number of undocumented Indians vary significantly due to differing methodologies.

According to Pew Research Center and the Center for Migration Studies of New York (CMS), there were about 700,000 undocumented Indians in 2022, making them the third-largest group after Mexico and El Salvador. Conversely, the Migration Policy Institute (MPI) estimated 375,000, placing India fifth among countries of origin.

Official data from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) reported a much lower figure of 220,000 unauthorized Indian immigrants in 2022. The stark differences between these estimates underscore the uncertainty surrounding the true number of undocumented Indian nationals.

Decline from Peak Levels

While Indian migrants form only a small fraction of the overall unauthorized population in the U.S., their numbers have fluctuated over time. If Pew and CMS estimates are correct, nearly one in four Indian immigrants in the U.S. lacks legal status—an unlikely scenario, given broader migration trends.

The DHS estimated a sharp decline in undocumented Indians, dropping 60% from a peak of 560,000 in 2016 to 220,000 in 2022. However, the reasons for this decline remain unclear. Kapur suggests that possible explanations include some individuals obtaining legal status or voluntarily returning to India, particularly during COVID-19-related disruptions.

Despite an increase in border crossings by Indians in 2023, U.S. government estimates showed no significant rise in the overall undocumented Indian population between 2020 and 2022.

Encounters, a term used to describe instances where non-citizens are apprehended by U.S. authorities at borders with Mexico or Canada, have risen. However, visa overstays among Indians have remained steady at around 1.5% since 2016.

Additionally, the number of Indian beneficiaries of the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, which provides protections for migrants who arrived as children, has declined from 2,600 in 2017 to 1,600 in 2024.

Overall, the share of undocumented Indians among all unauthorized immigrants rose from 0.8% in 1990 to 3.9% in 2015, before declining to 2% in 2022.

Changing Migration Routes and Increased Border Crossings

The U.S. has two major land borders: the southern border, which spans Arizona, California, New Mexico, and Texas, and the northern border, covering 11 states adjacent to Canada.

Before 2010, the number of Indians apprehended at these borders was minimal, never exceeding 1,000 encounters annually. However, since 2010, nearly all recorded encounters involving Indian nationals occurred at the U.S.-Mexico border.

A notable shift occurred in 2024, with 36% of Indian border crossings happening at the U.S.-Canada border—up from just 4% the previous year. Canada has become an increasingly viable entry point for Indian nationals due to shorter visa processing times compared to the U.S.

The overall surge in migration attempts since 2021 reached a peak in 2023, coinciding with a broader trend of increased border crossings following Joe Biden’s election.

“This is not specific to Indians. It is part of a larger surge of migrants trying to come into the U.S. after Biden was elected. It is as if there was a high tide of migrants and Indians were a part of it,” Kapur explained.

Where Are Undocumented Indians Residing?

The study found that the states with the largest Indian immigrant populations—California (112,000), Texas (61,000), New Jersey (55,000), New York (43,000), and Illinois (31,000)—also host the highest numbers of unauthorized Indian immigrants.

Indians constitute a significant share of the total undocumented population in several states, including Ohio (16%), Michigan (14%), New Jersey (12%), and Pennsylvania (11%). Additionally, states such as Tennessee, Indiana, Georgia, Wisconsin, and California have over 20% of their Indian immigrant population lacking legal status.

“We expect this because it’s easier to blend in and find work in an ethnic business—like a Gujarati working for a Gujarati-American or a Punjabi/Sikh in a similar setup,” Kapur noted.

Asylum Seekers from India

The U.S. immigration system permits individuals detained at the border who fear persecution in their home countries to undergo “credible fear screenings.” Those who pass these screenings can apply for asylum in court, leading to an increase in asylum applications alongside rising border apprehensions.

While administrative data does not provide a detailed demographic breakdown of Indian asylum seekers, court records based on spoken languages offer some insight.

Punjabi speakers from India have accounted for 66% of asylum claims from 2001 to 2022, followed by Hindi (14%), English (8%), and Gujarati (7%) speakers. This suggests that Punjab and the neighboring state of Haryana are key sources of Indian migrants seeking asylum.

Approval rates also vary: Punjabi speakers had the highest asylum acceptance rate at 63%, followed by Hindi speakers at 58%, while only 25% of Gujarati-speaking applicants were successful.

Rise in Asylum Requests and System Exploitation

Data from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) shows that asylum applications from Indians in the U.S. surged tenfold, increasing from 5,000 in 2021 to over 51,000 in 2023.

Although the most dramatic rise occurred in the U.S., similar trends were observed in Canada, the UK, and Australia. Kapur suggests that many Indian asylum claims are not driven by genuine fears of persecution but are instead a strategic attempt to exploit lengthy asylum processing times.

“This is largely a way to game the asylum system rather than an objective fear of persecution, as processing takes years,” Kapur said.

Despite this surge in asylum claims, there is no clear indication of significant political repression in Punjab, which has been governed by the Congress Party (2017-2022) and the Aam Aadmi Party (2022-present).

With Trump aiming for a second term, asylum requests are expected to decrease significantly. His administration has already taken steps to shut down a key migrant app, removing it from app stores and canceling nearly 300,000 pending appointments, including asylum hearings.

Economic Drivers of Migration

Data suggests that most Indian asylum seekers are from wealthier states, such as Punjab and Gujarat, where migration is financially viable. Meanwhile, marginalized groups, Indian Muslims, and those from conflict zones like Kashmir rarely seek asylum.

Migrating to the U.S. through unauthorized routes, including Latin America or as fraudulent students in Canada, can cost 30 to 100 times India’s per capita income. As a result, only those with significant assets can afford these journeys.

Given that Punjab and Gujarat have long histories of emigration, economic aspirations rather than political persecution appear to be the primary motivators for migration. The demand for a better life is driven not by absolute poverty but by “relative deprivation,” as families seek to emulate the success of others abroad.

Deportations of Indian Nationals

Between 2009 and 2024, approximately 16,000 Indians were deported, according to India’s Ministry of External Affairs.

Annual deportations averaged 750 during Barack Obama’s presidency, rose to 1,550 under Trump’s first term, and declined to 900 under Biden. The highest number of deportations occurred in 2020, when nearly 2,300 Indians were removed.

More recently, deportations of Indian nationals have spiked again between 2023 and 2024.

Outgoing Chief Election Commissioner Rajiv Kumar Advocates for Remote Voting, Biometric Authentication, and Electoral Reforms

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Rajiv Kumar, the outgoing Chief Election Commissioner, on Monday emphasized the need for remote voting mechanisms for Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) and migrant workers, biometric authentication for casting votes, and ensuring the secrecy of votes received by candidates at polling stations to prevent post-election violence.

Additionally, Kumar highlighted the importance of financial transparency in election expenditures and campaign promises, while also calling for action against misinformation spread via social media. He acknowledged the transformative potential of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in revolutionizing election processes.

Advocating for NRI Voting

Addressing the issue of enabling NRIs to vote from abroad, Kumar asserted that India’s global aspirations demand a commitment to the Election Commission’s motto of “No voter to be left behind.” He stated, “India’s growing aspirations for its rightful place in the world order require (us) to show deep commitment to the Election Commission’s motto of ‘No voter to be left behind’ (and) it is, therefore, the right time to enable our Non-Resident Indians to vote from outside the country.”

Kumar noted that the Election Commission (EC) had developed mechanisms to facilitate remote voting for NRIs, but the final decision rests with the central government.

Under existing laws, Indian citizens living abroad for education, business, or employment remain eligible to vote but must be physically present in India at designated polling stations. Since 2020, the EC has explored alternative voting methods, including postal ballots, voting at Indian embassies, and online options. However, no consensus has been reached due to differing views among political parties.

Estimates suggest that approximately one lakh NRIs are registered to vote, with many more eligible but not yet on electoral rolls. Around 25,000 of these registered voters traveled to India to participate in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections.

Calling for swift action, Kumar stated, “The government should take a final decision swiftly to enfranchise those who contribute significantly to our nation from afar.” He also stressed the need to develop a consensus on remote voting mechanisms for migrant workers within India.

Responding to Criticism Against the Election Commission

During his speech, Kumar addressed concerns about the Election Commission’s independence and dismissed allegations of bias. He criticized what he termed “motivated and uncorroborated attacks on democratic institutions,” asserting that such accusations had not deterred Indian voters.

His remarks appeared to respond to recent allegations concerning the EC’s handling of elections in Haryana, Maharashtra, and Delhi. In these elections, where the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) secured decisive victories, opposition parties questioned the accuracy and speed of voting data and trends published on the EC’s website.

Referring to these claims, Kumar observed, “I have observed a pattern in the timing of certain narratives. During peak polling or counting hours, a wave of fake allegations and rumors begins to spread across media and social media, misleading people and creating confusion. Narratives are deliberately set to distort facts.”

However, he emphasized that the EC maintains a policy of restraint and does not engage in public rebuttals during election processes, ensuring focus remains on the integrity and smooth conduct of polls.

He further remarked, “The Commission, as an institution, often finds itself unfairly blamed by those unwilling to accept electoral outcomes.” His comments seemed to allude to the Congress party’s reaction to the Haryana election results.

Biometric Authentication and the ‘Totaliser’ System

Kumar also discussed the role of technology in elections, calling it “a powerful enabler.” He highlighted the use of AI and ERONET, a web-based platform supporting 14 languages, which assists poll officials in managing the voter database.

Discussing biometric authentication, he stated, “However, innovations like biometric authentication may further help prevent impersonation and multiple voting, ensuring that every vote belongs to the rightful voter.”

He also addressed concerns regarding the disclosure of booth-level voting data, which is currently made available through Form 17C. He argued that such disclosures lead to post-election violence and exclusion of opposition supporters from development programs.

Kumar advocated for the use of the totaliser system, a technology developed by the EC to ensure that votes cast at individual polling stations remain undisclosed. He stated, “…technologies like the totaliser, already developed by the Commission, will ensure that votes polled by each candidate – polling station-wise – are not disclosed. I believe this should be explored, political consensus attempted, and tested on a pilot basis to enhance voter secrecy…”

Selection of the New Chief Election Commissioner

The process to appoint Rajiv Kumar’s successor is currently underway. According to sources, a three-member selection panel will convene this week to decide on the new Chief Election Commissioner. The panel includes Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Congress MP Rahul Gandhi, who, as the Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha, will play a key role in the decision.

Meanwhile, the Supreme Court is set to hear petitions challenging the current law governing the selection of the Chief Election Commissioner. Critics argue that the existing framework disproportionately favors the central government in the appointment process.

The newly appointed Chief Election Commissioner will oversee the upcoming Bihar elections later this year and is also expected to handle elections in Bengal, Assam, and Tamil Nadu in 2026.

AAHOA’s HYPE Conference Expands Globally, Inspiring the Next Generation of Hospitality Leaders

Staff ReporterTourism, Youth 0

The Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA) hosted its second annual Helping Young Professionals Evolve (HYPE) Conference on February 6 and 7 in Mexico City. This marked a significant milestone for the association as its first-ever international conference, bringing together aspiring hospitality leaders. Designed to provide inspiration and foster connections, the event featured engaging discussions, valuable networking opportunities, and expert insights from industry veterans. It further underscored AAHOA’s commitment to empowering young professionals and shaping the future of the hospitality sector.

“The energy at the second annual HYPE Conference was incredible. Bringing together over 200 young professionals in Mexico City to connect, learn, and grow is exactly what AAHOA is all about,” said AAHOA Chairman Miraj S. Patel, who holds the distinction of being the youngest chairman in AAHOA’s history. He emphasized the significance of investing in upcoming hoteliers, stating, “Investing in the next generation of hoteliers is not just important—it’s essential to the future of our industry.” Patel also expressed his gratitude to Dylan Patel, AAHOA Young Professional Director Eastern Division, and Tanmay Patel, AAHOA Young Professional Director Western Division, for their dedication in organizing the event.

Approximately 240 attendees took part in the conference, engaging in a series of panel discussions that covered key aspects of the hospitality business. These panels addressed crucial topics such as effective leadership strategies, navigating capital access, exploring opportunities in multifamily housing, the impact of emerging technologies on the industry, and strategies for independent properties to thrive in highly competitive markets.

The event featured two influential keynote speakers who provided valuable insights. Ritesh Agarwal, founder and Group CEO of OYO, shared his experiences in a talk titled “From Startup to Global Impact: A CEO’s Journey as a Young Professional.” He highlighted the importance of perseverance in the face of challenges, saying, “When the world expects you to fail, you put in everything to be successful.” Another keynote speaker, Rahul B. Patel, a forward-thinking entrepreneur and managing partner at Patel Gaines, PLLC—one of the nation’s fastest-growing law firms—urged attendees to take an active role in advocating for themselves. He delivered an inspiring message: “You have got to be your biggest advocate, so whatever you’re doing—you’ve got to tell people about it. You have got to go outside the box—you have got to be different.”

A major highlight of the conference was an announcement by AAHOA President & CEO Laura Lee Blake regarding the establishment of a new Tech Task Force. This initiative, spearheaded by young professionals, aims to identify and implement innovative technologies to advance the hospitality industry.

“HYPE is more than just a conference—it is a launchpad for young professionals to build their networks, gain critical industry insights, and take their careers to the next level,” said Blake. She emphasized the significance of the new initiative, stating, “With the launch of our new Tech Task Force, we are empowering the next generation to lead the way in shaping the future of hospitality through technology and innovation.”

Pope Francis Undergoing Treatment for Respiratory Infection, Remains Hospitalized

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis is currently receiving treatment for a “complex clinical situation” and will stay in the hospital as long as necessary, according to the Vatican.

The 88-year-old was admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital on Friday for tests and treatment related to bronchitis.

On Monday, Vatican officials stated that the Pope is battling a “polymicrobial infection” in his respiratory tract, requiring adjustments to his treatment plan.

A later update confirmed that the Pope remains in stable condition without a fever and is following the prescribed treatment. Despite his hospitalization, he managed to do some reading and work on Monday.

“Pope Francis is touched by the numerous messages of affection and closeness that he has been receiving in recent hours,” the Vatican said in a statement.

“He especially wants to extend his thanks to those who are hospitalised at this time, for the affection and love they have expressed through drawings and messages of good wishes; he prays for them and asks that they pray for him.”

Before being admitted last week, the Pope had experienced bronchitis symptoms for several days and had assigned officials to read his prepared speeches at public events.

Vatican spokesman Matteo Bruni told reporters on Monday that the Pope remains in good spirits.

A brief statement about his condition read, “All tests carried out to date are indicative of a complex clinical picture that will require appropriate hospitalisation.”

As a result, the Pope’s regular weekly general audience, normally scheduled for Wednesday, has been canceled this week.

Over the weekend, Vatican officials said the Pope was in stable condition and had been advised to take “complete rest” to support his recovery.

On Friday and Saturday, he engaged in a video call with the Holy Family Parish in Gaza, led by Father Gabriel Romanelli.

“We heard his voice. It is true, he is more tired. He himself said, ‘I have to take care of myself.’ But you could hear the clear voice, he listened to us well,” Fr Romanelli told Vatican News.

On Sunday, the priest received only a text message from the Pope, in which he thanked the parish for their well wishes.

Due to his illness, the Pope was unable to lead his traditional Sunday prayer in St. Peter’s Square or preside over a special mass for artists in honor of the Catholic Church’s Jubilee Year.

Last week, he also conducted meetings from his Vatican residence in an effort to rest and regain strength.

People gathered outside St. Peter’s Basilica have been sharing their good wishes for the Pope.

Bernard, an Australian who lives in England and is visiting Rome with his children, said, “We will say a prayer for the Pope.”

“They always take up the job when they’re already elderly. So yes, it’s often that they suffer medical issues as a result,” he told the BBC.

Rome resident Armando described the Pope as “a great soul” and “an inspiration for us all.”

“All the best, Pope. We are waiting for you back,” he said.

During his 12 years as leader of the Roman Catholic Church, Pope Francis has been hospitalized multiple times and has dealt with various health challenges throughout his life. At age 21, he had part of one of his lungs removed.

In March 2023, he spent three nights in the hospital due to bronchitis, and in June of that year, he underwent a three-hour surgery to repair an abdominal hernia.

Another illness forced him to cancel his scheduled trip to the United Arab Emirates for the COP28 climate summit in 2023.

In December of last year, he appeared with a noticeable bruise on his chin while presiding over a ceremony in St. Peter’s Basilica to install 21 new Catholic cardinals. The Vatican later explained that the injury was the result of a minor fall.

More recently, in January, he suffered another fall and injured his right arm, leading doctors to place it in a sling as a precaution.

Akshaye Khanna’s Chilling Portrayal of Aurangzeb in Chhaava Leaves a Lasting Impact

Staff ReporterFilm 0

One of the most defining traits of a great actor is their ability to display a wide range of emotions. Another important quality is how well they interact with their co-stars. However, the most compelling sign of an exceptional performer is their capacity to be so convincing in a role that audiences fail to see the actor behind the character.

This was precisely the case while watching Chhaava. As the film ended and the credits rolled, the name Akshaye Khanna appeared on screen, leaving me puzzled. I had completely missed the promotional material that revealed he was portraying the Mughal emperor Aurangzeb.

Akshaye Khanna, known for his impressive acting prowess, delivered a subtle yet powerful performance as Aurangzeb, a ruler who valued kingship over kinship and had no hesitation in eliminating family members to retain power. His quiet yet menacing presence was the perfect foil to Vicky Kaushal’s intense and war-driven portrayal of Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj.

Aurangzeb has long been a captivating figure in Indian cinema, much like the Mughal Empire itself. The grandeur of its courts, decorated with intricate ornaments, rich golden and crimson drapes, and vast, lush gardens, has often inspired filmmakers to reimagine this historical period. Over the years, emperors have been depicted in various lights—from the stern and disciplined Akbar in Mughal-e-Azam (1960) to the romantic and visionary Akbar in Jodhaa Akbar (2008).

Chhaava continues this tradition by presenting yet another cinematic perspective on Mughal history, this time centered on one of its most feared emperors. As one of the most controversial figures in Indian history, Aurangzeb has been portrayed in different shades, ranging from a ruthless despot to a calculated strategist.

Several historical dramas have depicted Aurangzeb’s reign, which spanned nearly five decades from 1658 to 1707. He took the throne by imprisoning his father, Shah Jahan, and ordering the execution of his elder brother. In Shyam Benegal’s acclaimed TV series Bharat Ek Khoj (1988), Om Puri gave a remarkable performance as a proud and imperious Aurangzeb, perfectly embodying the character’s complexities.

Actor Ashutosh Rana, who plays Hombirrao Mohite, Sambhaji’s uncle in Chhaava, also took on the role of Aurangzeb in MX Player’s 2021 web series Chhatrasal. This 20-episode historical drama chronicled Maharaja Chhatrasal’s struggle for Bundelkhand, and Rana delivered a chilling performance as a merciless usurper.

Reflecting on the challenges of portraying historical figures, Rana once remarked, “The biggest challenge in playing a historical character is that people have already read about that character and have formed his/her image in their head. An actor never knows of that image, so meeting that expectation of the audience is tough.”

He further elaborated that an actor must capture not only the physical presence of a historical figure but also their emotional, psychological, spiritual, and social dimensions. “All that needs to be done is to get the psyche of a character right,” he explained. Before stepping into Aurangzeb’s shoes, he sought to understand the ruler’s core nature and instincts.

In Marathi television, Yatin Karyekar earned widespread acclaim for his portrayal of Aurangzeb in Swarajya Saudamini Tararani and Raja Shivchhatrapati, proving that the character continues to captivate audiences across different platforms.

In Chhaava, Akshaye Khanna presents Aurangzeb as both formidable and composed. While the film primarily revolves around Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj’s courage and resilience, Akshaye ensures that Aurangzeb is more than a one-dimensional antagonist. Instead, he captures the emperor’s calculated brutality with a measured performance. His silence alone conveys an overwhelming sense of menace.

Even after leaving the theater, one cannot help but appreciate Akshaye’s ability to emote through facial expressions rather than dialogue, especially when considering the film’s otherwise unimpressive lines. His performance proves that sometimes, less is more.

One particularly chilling moment involves Diana Penty as Zinatunissa, Aurangzeb’s fearless daughter, who delivers a monotonous dialogue about Sambhaji resisting their torture. Meanwhile, Akshaye does something far more powerful—he merely munches on grapes and subtly signals for Sambhaji’s eyes to be targeted next. This quiet but ruthless gesture sends shivers down the spine, making the audience wonder what horrors will unfold next.

Even three centuries after his death, Aurangzeb remains a figure of intrigue in Indian historical dramas, frequently portrayed as a tyrant, a religious zealot, or a ruthless ruler who prioritized power above all else. Many actors have taken on this complex role, yet Akshaye Khanna’s portrayal in Chhaava stands out as one of the most compelling in Indian cinema.

Ironically, Vicky Kaushal was originally set to play Aurangzeb in Karan Johar’s now-shelved film Takht. However, fate had other plans, paving the way for Akshaye Khanna to deliver a masterclass in restraint. His greatest strength lies in his quiet authority, which is evident in Chhaava’s opening sequence. Rather than reacting emotionally to the news of Shivaji Maharaj’s death, Aurangzeb surprises both his courtiers and the audience by coldly declaring state-wide celebrations.

Akshaye’s Aurangzeb lingers in the mind long after the film ends, proving that the most terrifying rulers do not need to shout or rage—they simply need to exist.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Rare Journey with Sequels in His Film Career

Staff ReporterFilm 0

Shah Rukh Khan made his debut in the film industry with the 1992 movie Deewana and eventually rose to become the most prominent superstar in Indian cinema.

One distinctive feature of Shah Rukh Khan’s extensive film career is that, despite being in the industry for over three decades, he has appeared in only a handful of remakes and just a single sequel.

At a time when many leading actors are leveraging sequels to deliver major box office successes, Shah Rukh Khan remains one of the few superstars who has taken on only one sequel as a lead actor throughout his career.

That lone sequel came in 2011 when Farhan Akhtar directed him in the heist action thriller Don 2: The King is Back.

Don 2 was a follow-up to the 2006 hit Don: The Chase Begins Again, which itself was an official remake of the 1978 film Don, originally starring Amitabh Bachchan.

Released on December 23, 2011, Don 2 performed well both critically and commercially, achieving box office success with worldwide earnings of Rs 202 crore against a budget of Rs 76 crore.

Although Don 2 remains the only sequel in which Shah Rukh Khan played the lead, he did reprise his role in another sequel—Bhoothnath Returns, released in 2014.

Shah Rukh Khan made a special appearance in the 2008 film Bhoothnath, which featured Amitabh Bachchan in the lead role. In its sequel, Bhoothnath Returns, he reprised his character in a brief cameo, appearing in just one scene, while Amitabh Bachchan once again played the protagonist.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Upcoming Sequel

After a gap of 16 years since Don 2: The King is Back, Shah Rukh Khan is set to return for another sequel—Pathaan 2.

The film will serve as a continuation of his 2023 blockbuster Pathaan and is expected to begin production by the end of 2026.

Korean Air Named World’s Best Full-Service Airline for Economy-Class Comfort

Staff ReporterTravel 0

While many airlines continue to cut back on legroom in economy class, Korean Air has set itself apart by providing generous space, earning the title of the world’s best full-service airline from AirlineRatings.com.

Unlike previous years, when first and business class luxury played a major role in rankings, AirlineRatings.com—a website run by aviation editors who thoroughly evaluate airlines worldwide—focused this year’s assessment on economy-class passengers. According to its CEO, Sharon Petersen, most travelers sit at the back of the plane, making their experience an important consideration.

Korean Air Excels in Economy-Class Comfort

Korean Air, along with seventh-ranked Japan Airlines, provides some of the most spacious economy-class seating globally. On all of its wide-body aircraft, the airline maintains a seat pitch of 33-34 inches. Even on its narrow-body Boeing 737s, used for short-haul flights, passengers still enjoy a comfortable 32-34 inches of space between seats.

In contrast, many other airlines have reduced their economy-class seat pitch to 31-32 inches and squeezed an extra seat into every row of Boeing 777 aircraft—a trend Korean Air has deliberately avoided.

The airline, headquartered in Seoul, has recently added the Airbus A350-900 to its fleet and continues to prioritize economy-class travelers by offering small but meaningful perks. On medium- and long-haul flights, passengers receive complimentary slippers, larger meal portions, and an extensive selection of in-flight entertainment. Additionally, Korean Air plans to introduce a premium economy section on its international routes later this year.

“Korean Air’s Business and First Class products are already recognized for their outstanding meals, efficient service, and comfort,” Petersen explained. “However, it was the airline’s exceptional Economy Class experience that truly secured their win.”

She further noted that passengers frequently complain about limited space in economy class, which made it a key factor in selecting this year’s winner.

The recognition also highlighted Korean Air’s strong business foundation, bolstered by its recently finalized merger with South Korean competitor Asiana Airlines.

This merger marks the largest airline consolidation in Asian history, solidifying Korean Air’s dominant position with a 50 percent share of South Korea’s international air travel market.

Looking ahead, Korean Air is expanding its fleet with younger, more fuel-efficient aircraft. With an average fleet age of just 10.7 years, the airline has placed substantial orders, including 50 Boeing wide-body jets (777s and 787s), 33 Airbus A350s, and 26 Airbus A321neos.

This modern fleet has also contributed to Korean Air’s strong safety record. The airline ranked eighth in AirlineRatings.com’s January assessment of the world’s safest airlines.

Qatar Airways Takes Second Place

Qatar Airways, which won last year’s best full-service airline award, finished as the runner-up this time. Petersen noted that the airline “still offers an outstanding economy experience” but provides slightly less personal space than Korean Air.

Despite this, Qatar Airways continues to receive praise for its premium-class services, particularly the innovative Qsuite in business class.

Air New Zealand rounded out the top three, standing out for its impeccable safety record—it recently topped AirlineRatings.com’s safety rankings. The airline also introduced the Economy Skycouch, a seating arrangement where leg rests lock at a 90-degree angle to create a lie-flat space.

Petersen described the Skycouch as “a game-changer for families or couples traveling together.”

With Air New Zealand set to launch new Business Premier suites and the revolutionary SkyNest economy-class bed bunks, it is expected to maintain or improve its ranking in the future.

Cathay Pacific and Singapore Airlines completed the top five in the full-service category.

Top 25 Full-Service Airlines

  1. Korean Air
  2. Qatar Airways
  3. Air New Zealand
  4. Cathay Pacific
  5. Singapore Airlines
  6. Emirates
  7. Japan Airlines
  8. Qantas
  9. Etihad Airways
  10. Turkish Airlines
  11. EVA Air
  12. Fiji Airways
  13. Virgin Atlantic
  14. ANA (All Nippon Airways)
  15. Aeromexico
  16. Air Caraïbes
  17. Thai Airways
  18. Starlux Airlines
  19. Vietnam Airlines
  20. SriLankan Airlines
  21. Air France
  22. KLM Royal Dutch Airlines
  23. Aircalin
  24. Air Mauritius
  25. Garuda Indonesia

No U.S. Airlines in the Full-Service Category

U.S. airlines did not make the top 25 list, as many have modified their business models. AirlineRatings.com now classifies them as “hybrid airlines” rather than full-service carriers.

Hybrid airlines blend elements of low-cost and full-service operations. Many legacy U.S. and European airlines have shifted toward this approach, offering scaled-back service on short-haul routes while maintaining full-service amenities—such as meals, drinks, and in-flight entertainment—on international flights.

JetBlue Leads Among Hybrid Airlines

JetBlue has been a pioneer in the hybrid airline model, setting the standard for competitors. Despite financial struggles in recent years, the airline has maintained high service quality and was recognized as the best hybrid airline by AirlineRatings.com.

JetBlue’s economy-class experience is similar to that of full-service airlines, featuring free Wi-Fi, live TV, and spacious seating with a pitch of 32 to 33 inches. Passengers also receive complimentary snacks and non-alcoholic beverages.

Additionally, JetBlue offers its premium Mint class, which includes lie-flat seating on select routes.

Canadian airline WestJet came in second place, offering basic complimentary services such as small snacks, soft drinks, and in-flight entertainment. However, it charges for larger snacks, meals, alcoholic beverages, and Wi-Fi. WestJet also has tighter seating, with a pitch of 30-31 inches.

“While both airlines strike a balance between affordability and quality, JetBlue’s broader range of complimentary perks gives it the edge,” Petersen remarked.

Virgin Australia placed third, earning praise for its customer service and crew. Unlike JetBlue, it does not provide free snacks or blankets, but it does offer an option for families traveling with infants to check a 23kg bag for free instead of a stroller, car seat, or crib—an option many parents find useful.

Delta ranked fourth, followed by United in fifth, and American Airlines in sixth.

Top 20 Hybrid Airlines

  1. JetBlue
  2. WestJet
  3. Virgin Australia
  4. Delta Air Lines
  5. United Airlines
  6. American Airlines
  7. Lufthansa
  8. Air Canada
  9. LOT Polish Airlines
  10. TAP Air Portugal
  11. Alaska Airlines
  12. SWISS
  13. Avianca
  14. Iberia
  15. British Airways
  16. Finnair
  17. Austrian Airlines
  18. Hawaiian Airlines
  19. ITA Airways
  20. Scandinavian Airlines

Best Low-Cost and Ultra-Low-Cost Airlines

In the budget airline category, passengers can expect fewer frills, but AirlineRatings.com still identified the best options for value and service.

Malaysian carrier AirAsia was named the best low-cost airline, praised for its Premium Flatbed—a budget-friendly version of a business-class seat.

Meanwhile, VietJet was recognized as the best ultra-low-cost carrier. Petersen explained that the airline has made air travel affordable for millions without sacrificing safety or efficiency. Onboard reviewers particularly appreciated VietJet’s attentive cabin crew. Cebu Pacific from the Philippines was the runner-up in this category.

Top 25 Budget Airlines

  1. AirAsia
  2. Jetstar
  3. AirBaltic
  4. HK Express
  5. EasyJet
  6. FlyDubai
  7. Ryanair
  8. Scoot
  9. Breeze
  10. Southwest
  11. SKY Airline
  12. FlyNas
  13. TUI
  14. Norwegian
  15. IndiGo
  16. Air Arabia
  17. Volaris
  18. Jet2
  19. Wizz Air
  20. Vueling

With an increasing emphasis on economy-class passenger comfort, Korean Air’s win reflects a broader industry trend where airlines must balance affordability with quality service.

Trump’s First Month: Rapid Overhaul, Economic Shifts, and Global Ambitions

Staff ReporterUSA 0

As President Donald Trump nears the end of his first month in his second term, he has swiftly and forcefully taken steps to reshape American social and political norms, alter the economy, and redefine the nation’s global role.

Simultaneously, he has given significant influence to Elon Musk, a billionaire originally from South Africa, allowing him to play a key role in dismissing thousands of federal employees and potentially dismantling entire agencies established by Congress.

These actions have largely overshadowed Trump’s crackdowns on immigration and border security with Mexico, as well as his social policy revisions, which include eliminating diversity, equity, and inclusion programs and reversing transgender rights protections.

Additionally, the president has implemented numerous tariffs on U.S. trading partners and has warned of further measures, despite economists cautioning that such moves could lead to increased consumer costs and contribute to inflation.

Mass Firings and Agency Disruptions

In the initial weeks of his presidency, the Trump administration terminated thousands of workers who were still within their probationary periods, a standard practice for new hires. Some employees were given less than an hour to vacate their offices.

Those impacted include professionals in medical research, energy infrastructure, foreign service, the FBI, prosecution, education and agricultural data, overseas aid, and even human resources personnel responsible for overseeing these dismissals.

At the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which was established following the 2008 financial crisis to safeguard consumers, staff members report that the administration aims to eliminate nearly the entire workforce and erase 12 years of accumulated data. However, a judge has ordered the administration to halt any further action against the agency until March 3.

Trump campaigned on promises to shake up Washington, but his approach could have long-term consequences, not just for thousands of federal employees nationwide but also for the broader economy, potentially increasing the unemployment rate if mass layoffs continue.

Legal Challenges to Trump’s Agenda

From Inauguration Day onward, legal battles have erupted over Trump’s policies. As of now, around 70 lawsuits have been filed across the country challenging his executive orders and his administration’s moves to reduce the size of the federal government.

With little opposition from the Republican-majority Congress, the judiciary has become the primary battleground for resistance. Judges have issued over a dozen rulings that temporarily block elements of Trump’s policies, including an executive order ending automatic U.S. citizenship for those born in the country and granting Musk’s team access to sensitive federal data.

While many of these rulings come from judges appointed by Democratic presidents, some decisions against Trump have also been handed down by judges nominated by Republicans. In response, Trump has suggested he might take action against the judiciary, stating, “Maybe we have to look at the judges.” Meanwhile, his administration has pledged to appeal the rulings, with White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt denouncing the legal setbacks as “an abuse of the rule of law.”

Despite these legal hurdles, the administration has also achieved victories, most notably securing judicial approval for a deferred resignation program led by Musk.

Economic Indicators Show Trouble Ahead

Amid Trump’s policy changes, recent economic data presents a challenge for the White House.

According to the Labor Department, inflation rose by 0.5% in January, with the consumer price index increasing at an annualized rate of 4.5% over the past three months. This suggests inflation is once again accelerating after a period of decline in 2024.

During his campaign, Trump assured voters he could quickly lower inflation. However, White House press secretary Leavitt, while blaming former President Joe Biden, acknowledged that the latest inflation figures were “worse than expected.”

Additional economic concerns arose when the Commerce Department reported a 0.9% drop in retail sales for January. Such a significant decline could indicate weakening consumer confidence and slowing economic growth.

Furthermore, the Federal Reserve’s industrial production report found that manufacturing output fell by 0.1% in January, with a notable 5.2% decline in automobile and parts production.

While these data points may prove temporary, the upcoming economic reports for February will be crucial in determining whether these trends continue.

Trump’s ‘Fair Trade’ Approach Sparks Controversy

After already imposing tariffs on China and preparing new trade restrictions on Canada and Mexico, Trump has introduced what he calls “the big one.” He announced plans to implement additional tariffs in the coming months that will match the rates imposed by other countries.

However, many foreign governments argue that Trump’s approach is not truly fair.

From their perspective, he is factoring in elements such as value-added taxes, which function similarly to sales taxes. This results in considerably higher rates than standard European tariffs.

In addition, Trump has proposed separate tariffs on automobiles, computer chips, and pharmaceuticals, in addition to the 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum announced earlier in the week.

It remains unclear whether these trade policies are primarily negotiating tactics or revenue-generating measures. So far, Trump has indicated that they serve both purposes.

Congress Faces Power Struggles, Some Resistance Emerges

Congress has struggled to counter Trump’s rapid actions, as its authority—particularly its constitutional power over federal spending—is being steadily diminished.

House Speaker Mike Johnson, a Republican from Louisiana, expressed enthusiasm for Musk’s role in the administration, stating that he found their efforts “very exciting” and that Trump was “taking legitimate executive action.”

However, even within the Republican ranks, some lawmakers have begun to push back. While their responses have been limited—mainly letters and phone calls—they are advocating for the protection of their states’ interests as government funding and contracts face cuts.

Republican Representative Carlos Gimenez of Florida, for instance, urged the Department of Homeland Security to avoid mass deportations of Venezuelan migrants residing in the Miami area. “I’m not powerless. I’m a member of Congress,” he asserted.

Meanwhile, Democratic lawmakers have joined protesters outside closed federal offices, arguing that Trump and Musk have overstepped their authority. They have introduced legislative measures to safeguard various programs and have even filed articles of impeachment against Trump over his plan to demolish and redevelop parts of Gaza.

A Shift in Global Diplomacy

In a recent call with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Trump signaled his intent to broker a resolution to Russia’s ongoing war with Ukraine.

Following the conversation, both leaders agreed to have their respective teams “start negotiations immediately.” Trump subsequently called Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy to discuss bringing both sides to the negotiating table.

This diplomatic move marks a significant development in a war that has resulted in hundreds of thousands of deaths and injuries.

However, the road ahead is complex.

Zelenskyy has stated that he will not meet with Putin until Trump formulates a concrete peace plan. Trump, in turn, has faced sharp criticism from European leaders and U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth for suggesting that Ukraine’s NATO membership is not a viable option.

The White House now faces a strategic dilemma, as Zelenskyy is pressing for security guarantees from the U.S. and other nations. He insists that any agreement outlining the terms of peace be negotiated directly with Trump.

Conclusion

As Trump’s first month back in office concludes, his administration has embarked on a dramatic transformation of federal governance, economic policy, and foreign relations. His sweeping changes have sparked widespread legal challenges, economic concerns, and congressional tensions. Meanwhile, his approach to global diplomacy, particularly regarding Ukraine, has drawn both intrigue and criticism.

With the pace of these changes showing no signs of slowing, the next few months will be critical in determining how Trump’s policies shape the nation and its role on the world stage.

Trump Pushes Costly F-35 Fighter Sales to India Despite Criticism from Adviser

Staff ReporterIndia 0

President Donald Trump appears to be urging India to buy the expensive F-35 Lightning II stealth fighters, even though one of his closest advisers has strongly criticized the aircraft’s design and performance.

“The F-35 design was broken at the requirements level because it was required to be too many things to too many people,” Elon Musk stated on X in November. He argued that the aircraft became overly complex and costly, failing to excel in any single role. According to Musk, success was never a realistic outcome for the F-35 program.

He took his criticism further, using a trash can emoji while attacking Lockheed Martin, the company responsible for the aircraft’s design and production. Musk called its designers “idiots” for persisting with the program despite its flaws. He also suggested that piloted fighter jets like the F-35 were becoming obsolete, as drones could fulfill similar roles at a lower cost and without endangering human lives.

Trump’s Announcement on Expanding Military Sales to India

During Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent one-day visit to Washington, Trump revealed that the U.S. would significantly increase military sales to India this year, adding billions of dollars in new deals.

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated in a joint press conference with Modi.

However, it remains unclear whether the F-35s will be part of India’s existing requirement for 114 Multi-Role Fighter Aircraft (MRFA) for the Indian Air Force (IAF) or if they will be sold through a separate agreement. Reports from Washington indicated that neither the White House nor Lockheed Martin provided clarification on Trump’s statement regarding the potential sale of F-35s to India.

Trump’s remark about boosting military sales suggests that a significant number of F-35s could be supplied to the IAF, likely through the U.S. government’s Foreign Military Sales (FMS) program. However, manufacturing the F-35 in India under a technology transfer agreement seems unlikely due to the aircraft’s highly classified nature.

The only official response came from Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri, who described the potential sale as being at a “proposal stage.” He did not confirm whether the Indian delegation was taken by surprise by Trump’s statement.

Misri also emphasized that military procurement in India follows a structured process that includes issuing a request for proposal (RFP), and no such process had been initiated for the F-35.

IAF Officers Skeptical About the F-35’s Suitability

Trump’s unexpected announcement has raised concerns among senior IAF officers, who fear the purchase might be driven by political considerations rather than operational and financial feasibility.

“The F-35 simply does not fit into the IAF’s overall operational requirements and profile,” said retired Air Marshal V.K. “Jimmy” Bhatia, a military analyst.

He noted that American defense equipment, particularly fighter aircraft, comes with multiple operational restrictions. Instead of purchasing F-35s—which cost between $80 million and $115 million per unit—Bhatia argued that India should focus on developing its own fifth-generation fighter with future upgrade capabilities.

Other IAF officers, speaking anonymously, suggested that Trump’s administration might be leveraging the F-35 sale to extract concessions on other issues, such as allegations of India’s involvement in a planned assassination of Sikh separatist Gurpatwant Pannun in New York or the ongoing U.S. investigation into businessman Gautam Adani over bribery and fraud.

“F-35s are not the best buy for the IAF despite their lethality, versatility, and stealth capabilities, as they are extremely expensive to procure and operate amid shrinking budgets,” said a two-star IAF officer. He pointed out that each F-35 costs approximately $36,000 per flight hour, making large-scale deployment financially challenging.

Even if India proceeded with the purchase, deliveries would take years. Another senior IAF officer explained that negotiations for such a deal would take considerable time, and even after an agreement was reached, the U.S. would likely prioritize deliveries to NATO allies before supplying aircraft to India.

Restrictions on U.S. Military Equipment Limit India’s Customization Options

A major drawback of acquiring F-35s is the limitation it imposes on India’s ability to customize and upgrade military equipment—something the IAF has traditionally done to enhance operational effectiveness.

India’s capacity to modify U.S. military hardware is severely restricted by agreements such as the End Use Monitoring Agreement (EUMA), finalized in 2009. Under this agreement, India cannot modify or upgrade American military platforms without explicit approval from the U.S. government and the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). Historically, the U.S. has rarely granted such permissions.

“Such cradle-to-grave restrictions provide Washington with lasting leverage over the recipient country,” stated a one-star IAF officer. Unlike defense equipment from other countries, U.S. military hardware is subject to strict compliance with American strategic, political, and diplomatic objectives.

Among the more than 80 countries that have signed EUMAs with the U.S., only a few exceptions exist—most notably Israel. The Israeli Air Force has been allowed to integrate locally developed weapons and sensors into Lockheed Martin’s F-16s and, more recently, into some F-35s.

Additionally, all U.S. military sales to India under the FMS program are governed by the stringent “Golden Sentry” EUMA, which mandates physical verification of the equipment and dictates its eventual disposal. This agreement is even more restrictive than the “Blue Lantern” EUMA, which applies to direct commercial sales of American military hardware.

Although India’s Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government claimed in 2009 that it had secured favorable terms for the EUMA—allowing India to determine the timing and location of verification inspections—it did not address the long-term dependency on U.S. manufacturers for maintenance and upgrades.

Despite these restrictions, military officers argue that jugaad—India’s innovative approach to modifying and optimizing military equipment—has been crucial in enhancing the performance of imported weapons systems. Over the years, jugaad has allowed India to improve aircraft, ordnance, and military platforms, sometimes making them more effective than originally designed.

Jugaad has been extensively applied to Soviet/Russian and French fighter jets, often with no restrictions from the manufacturers. This flexibility has enabled India to adapt its military equipment for extreme climates, varied terrains, and diverse operational scenarios.

Capabilities of the F-35 Fighter Family

The F-35 family consists of three variants, designed for air superiority and strike missions:

  • F-35A (conventional takeoff and landing)
  • F-35B (short takeoff and vertical landing)
  • F-35C (carrier-based version with catapult-assisted takeoff)

All three versions have electronic warfare and intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (ISR) capabilities.

Powered by Pratt & Whitney F135-PW-100 turbofan engines, the F-35 cockpit features large touchscreens instead of traditional gauges. Pilots use a helmet-mounted display system that provides real-time data and access to the aircraft’s Distributed Aperture System (DAS), which includes six infrared cameras for enhanced situational awareness. The fighter can carry a weapons payload of 6,000 to 8,100 kg.

Will the F-35 Deal Materialize?

In the coming months, it will become clear whether the proposed F-35 sale moves forward or if Trump’s statement was simply a negotiating tactic to gain concessions from India on other geopolitical and economic issues.

Sir John Major Warns of Growing Threats to Democracy Amid U.S. Isolationism

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Sir John Major has cautioned that democracy is at risk as the United States retreats from its global leadership role.

The former British prime minister expressed concern that President Donald Trump’s policy of American “isolation” is leaving a power vacuum, potentially emboldening nations such as Russia and China.

Sir John, who led the UK from 1990 to 1997, remarked that the progress achieved since the Soviet Union’s collapse was now being undone. He asserted that Russia was likely to invade other countries in the near future. “There is no doubt in my mind that democracy has been in modest decline over the last 18 years,” he said, emphasizing that “ugly nationalism” was emerging, contributing to an increasingly unstable global situation.

His warning coincides with preparations by European leaders for an emergency summit on the war in Ukraine. Meanwhile, U.S. and Russian officials are set to engage in peace talks, raising concerns that European nations, including Ukraine, are being excluded from negotiations.

Sir John also dismissed U.S. Vice President JD Vance’s recent criticism of Europe’s record on free speech. He argued that such remarks should have been directed at Moscow or Beijing instead. Speaking to BBC Radio 4’s The World This Weekend, he stated, “It’s extremely odd to lecture Europe on the subject of free speech and democracy at the same time as they’re cuddling [Russian President Vladimir] Putin.”

He further condemned Russia’s suppression of dissent, saying, “In Mr. Putin’s Russia, people who disagree with him disappear, or die, or flee the country, or—on a statistically unlikely level—fall out of high windows somewhere in Moscow.”

Sir John highlighted the shifting geopolitical landscape, stating, “The world is changing and may not be reshaping in a way that is congenial to the West.” He pointed to Russia’s aggressive actions in Ukraine as evidence that past diplomatic gains were being undone. “Many of the gains we made over recent years, when the Soviet Union collapsed, are now being reversed, and you see a very aggressive Russia again in Ukraine,” he said. He warned that if Russia succeeded in its objectives in Ukraine, “no doubt they’d be elsewhere before too long.”

Discussing the broader decline of democracy, Sir John reiterated, “There is an ugly nationalism growing, mostly from the intolerant right… So it is a very unsettled time.”

Addressing domestic political matters, the former Conservative leader acknowledged the economic difficulties faced by the UK government, particularly Chancellor Rachel Reeves. However, he suggested that the current global climate might necessitate increased defense spending. “It’s very, very easy to say from outside government, ‘I’d just do this and I’d spend all this money,'” he said. “I would prefer to say I would realise in my plans that we have to make a very material increase in the level of defence expenditure and do it as a priority as soon as it is credible to do so.”

Speaking separately on the BBC’s Sunday with Laura Kuenssberg program, Business Secretary Jonathan Reynolds emphasized the need for the UK and Europe to respond to U.S. calls for greater contributions toward their “collective defense” in the face of “greater threats.”

Reynolds confirmed that the government would outline a roadmap to increase defense spending from 2.3% to 2.5% of the nation’s economic output. However, he did not specify a timeline for achieving this target.

Despite growing tensions between the U.S. and its allies regarding the Ukraine conflict, Reynolds maintained that there was “still a great deal of common ground” between the nations.

Sir John has voiced his concerns on multiple occasions in recent years, particularly regarding Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, which began in 2022. In the early stages of the war, he joined former Prime Minister Gordon Brown and others in signing a petition demanding that Vladimir Putin face a Nuremberg-style trial for war crimes over his actions in Ukraine.

Pope Drama Conclave and Immigration Epic The Brutalist Win Big at BAFTA Film Awards

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

At the BAFTA Film Awards on Sunday, Conclave, a drama centered on the election of a new Pope, and The Brutalist, an immigration-themed epic, emerged as the biggest winners.

Directed by German filmmaker Edward Berger, Conclave won four awards, including Best Film and Best British Film. This marked the first time a film had won both categories in the same year since 1917, a war drama that triumphed in 2019. Additionally, the movie secured wins for Best Adapted Screenplay and Best Editing.

Meanwhile, American director Brady Corbet’s The Brutalist also claimed four awards. Corbet won Best Director, while Adrien Brody earned Best Actor for portraying Hungarian architect and Holocaust survivor László Tóth. The film also took home awards for Best Original Score and Best Cinematography.

Among other notable winners were Mikey Madison, who won Best Actress for Anora, Kieran Culkin, awarded Best Supporting Actor for A Real Pain, and Zoe Saldaña, who received Best Supporting Actress for Emilia Pérez.

In the weeks leading up to the Oscars, Anora, a film about a New York stripper’s whirlwind romance with the son of a Russian oligarch, had gained significant momentum as a Best Picture contender. However, it ended the night with wins for Best Actress and Best Casting.

Madison’s victory came as a surprise despite her critically acclaimed performance in Sean Baker’s film. Accepting the award, she expressed her shock: “Wow, I really wasn’t expecting this. I probably should have listened to my publicist and written a speech or something!”

The 25-year-old actress, known for roles in Better Things, Once Upon a Time in Hollywood, and Scream, has now stepped into the spotlight with her leading role in Anora. In her speech, she took a moment to acknowledge sex workers: “I want to take a moment to recognize the sex worker community. I see you, you deserve respect and human decency. I will always be an ally and a friend.”

Demi Moore, who had been winning Best Actress awards at the Golden Globes and Critics Choice Awards for her role in The Substance, was widely expected to take the BAFTA as well. While her loss does not diminish her chances at the Oscars, Madison’s win adds intrigue to the competition.

The Substance, a horror film where Moore plays a TV aerobics presenter who takes a black-market drug to transform into a younger version of herself, won Best Makeup and Hair. Packed with graphic effects, the movie is also a frontrunner in the same category at the Oscars.

Films That Won the Most Awards

  • Conclave– 4
  • The Brutalist– 4
  • Wicked– 2
  • Emilia Pérez– 2
  • Anora– 2
  • Dune Part 2– 2
  • A Real Pain– 2
  • Wallace and Gromit: Vengeance Most Fowl– 2

Leading the nominations with 12, Conclave follows a group of cardinals gathered in Rome to elect a new Pope, featuring Ralph Fiennes. Berger expressed deep gratitude for winning Best Film and described receiving the Best British Film award as “a huge, huge honor.” He humorously acknowledged his non-British background, stating, “Best British and I’m not even from here, so I feel so welcome in your midst.”

BAFTA rules require films in the British category to have significant creative contributions from British individuals. During his speech, Berger reflected on the current political climate, stating, “We live in a time of a crisis of democracy,” and concluded with a Leonard Cohen quote: “There’s a crack in everything, that’s how the light gets in.”

Brody, accepting his Best Actor award for The Brutalist, described the film as “really about the pursuit of leaving something meaningful,” while Corbet expressed being “humbled and very grateful.”

The ceremony, hosted by David Tennant at London’s Royal Festival Hall, opened with the actor wearing a kilt and leading a performance of I’m Gonna Be (500 Miles) by The Proclaimers, joined by James McAvoy and Colman Domingo.

This year’s awards season has been marked by unpredictability, with no single film dominating the event. Instead, various films shared the honors.

For the third consecutive year, no British actors won in any of the four major acting categories at Britain’s most prestigious film event.

Notable Films That Missed Out

Despite multiple nominations, some highly anticipated films left empty-handed, including:

  • A Complete Unknown(Bob Dylan biopic starring Timothée Chalamet)
  • Nosferatu
  • Blitz
  • Gladiator II
  • The Apprentice

Emilia Pérez and Its Controversy

The French-produced Emilia Pérez tells the story of a Mexican drug lord who undergoes gender transition to leave behind a life of crime. In recent weeks, the film faced controversy over offensive social media posts made by its lead actress, Karla Sofía Gascón.

Despite concerns that the backlash might impact its award prospects, the film won Best International Film and Best Supporting Actress for Zoe Saldaña, who is now seen as a strong contender at the Oscars.

Director Jacques Audiard acknowledged the cast while accepting the international film award, as did Saldaña in her speech.

Kieran Culkin’s victory for A Real Pain was largely anticipated. His co-star, Jesse Eisenberg, who also wrote and directed the film, accepted the award on his behalf.

Eisenberg’s film, centered on two cousins exploring their Jewish grandmother’s roots in Poland, also won Best Original Screenplay.

Actor and TV presenter Warwick Davis was honored with the BAFTA Fellowship, the highest recognition given by the British Academy. He dedicated the award to his late wife, saying, “My wonderful wife Sammy, who died almost a year ago,” and also expressed gratitude to his mother, calling her his “first agent.”

In Memoriam Segment

The annual tribute segment honored film industry members who passed away over the past year, including Dame Maggie Smith, James Earl Jones, David Lynch, Dame Joan Plowright, and Donald Sutherland.

Other Notable Wins

Denis Villeneuve’s Dune Part 2 won awards for Special Effects and Sound.

The blockbuster musical Wicked earned Best Production Design for British artists Nathan Crowley and Lee Sandales. It marked Crowley’s first BAFTA win after six nominations, while Sandales had won twice before. The film also took home Best Costume Design.

Aardman’s latest Wallace and Gromit installment, Vengeance Most Fowl, was named Best Animation. Surprisingly, this marked the studio’s first-ever BAFTA in the category. Additionally, it won the inaugural Best Children and Family Film award.

Irish rap group Kneecap won Outstanding Debut by a British Writer, Director, or Producer. Their Irish-language film, a semi-fictionalized depiction of the band’s formation, was celebrated as more than just a film. Director Rich Peppiatt remarked, “Kneecap is more than a film, it’s a movement,” adding that all languages and cultures should be respected.

The Best Documentary award went to Super/Man: The Christopher Reeve Story, chronicling the life of the actor best known for playing Superman. The film explores Reeve’s journey following a horse-riding accident that left him paralyzed a decade before his passing in 2004. His children took the stage to honor their late father.

Defense Stocks Plunge as Trump Suggests Massive Military Budget Cuts

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Defense stocks saw a sharp decline Thursday afternoon following remarks from President Donald Trump, who suggested that the United States could significantly reduce its defense spending.

Speaking at the White House, Trump proposed that U.S. military expenditures might be slashed by half in the future. His comments arose while discussing the possibility of holding a defense spending conference with China and Russia.

“At some point, when things settle down, I’m going to meet with China and I’m going to meet with Russia, in particular those two, and I’m going to say there’s no reason for us to be spending almost $1 trillion on the military … and I’m going to say we can spend this on other things,” Trump stated.

He further elaborated, “When we straighten it all out, then one of the first meetings I want to have is with President Xi of China and President Putin of Russia, and I want to say let’s cut our military budget in half. And we can do that, and I think we’ll be able to do that.”

Following Trump’s remarks, defense stocks that had previously been trading higher in the day quickly turned downward. Shares of Lockheed Martin dropped 1.6%, Northrop Grumman fell by 3.4%, and General Dynamics declined 2.1%.

Throughout his 2024 campaign and the early days of his presidency, Trump has sent mixed signals regarding military spending.

On one hand, he has enlisted billionaire entrepreneur Elon Musk and the so-called Department of Government Efficiency to identify areas where government spending, including defense, could be trimmed. Additionally, Trump has advocated for a swift resolution to the war in Ukraine, a conflict that has led to significant purchases of American weaponry.

Conversely, Trump has repeatedly emphasized the necessity of maintaining a strong military. He has signed an executive order to explore the development of an “Iron Dome of America” missile defense system and has frequently praised U.S. military capabilities. On Thursday, he reiterated, “Right now, people are confused by a number of different crosscurrents” on defense spending.

TD Cowen policy analyst Roman Schweizer commented on the situation, telling CNBC last week, “Right now, people are confused by a number of different crosscurrents” regarding U.S. military expenditures.

New York Senate Proclaims April 14 as Bangla New Year’s Day, Marking a Milestone for Bengali Community

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

When Baisakh arrives this April, Bengalis in New York will have even more reason to celebrate. This year, in addition to exchanging Nava Varsha greetings, 50 members of the Bengali community will be invited to an official reception at the Senate chamber in Albany, the capital of New York.

The New York Senate has passed a resolution, sponsored by Bronx state senator Luis R. Sepulveda, officially proclaiming April 14 as Bangla New Year’s Day in the state.

Recognizing such official days is intended “to increase awareness and enhance the profile of cultural diversity which strengthens the fabric of the communities of New York State,” the resolution states. It further highlights that “New York City has the largest congregation of Bengali (the world’s sixth most spoken language) speaking citizens globally outside of West Bengal and Bangladesh.”

On April 7, two days before the Senate session concludes, Governor Kathy Hochul will host a Bengali New Year’s Day reception at the State Senate Chamber, where members of the Bengali community will be invited to take part in the celebration.

For Bishawjit Saha, CEO and founder of Muktadhara Foundation, this recognition is the culmination of years of effort. Saha, who played a key role in advocating for the resolution, sees it as a major victory.

“Getting this official recognition is a huge achievement for us. New York becomes the first state in the US to proclaim the Bengali New Year’s Day on the official calendar,” said Saha, who originally moved from Bangladesh to the US in 1991 at the age of 25. He started Muktadhara Publication, a Bengali publishing and distribution firm, from his home.

“In 1992, we started holding a Bengali book fair in a church at Queens and celebrated February 21 in front of the United Nations headquarters in Manhattan,” he recalled.

In 2023, Saha and his team sought to elevate their celebrations by taking them to Times Square. “We felt the occasion deserved a bigger platform. Our programme, titled Shatakanthye Bangla Gaan, would feature 100 singers singing patriotic songs in Bengali.”

The initiative received overwhelming support. “People from even neighboring New Jersey, Massachusetts, Philadelphia, and Washington started flocking to the rehearsal venue,” he said.

However, this enthusiasm was met with resistance. Some fundamentalist groups filed a court case, claiming that the rehearsals were causing disturbances. This legal action discouraged several participants. Saha still becomes emotional when recalling the experience of standing trial just three days before the scheduled Times Square event. Fortunately, the case was dismissed, and the program proceeded as planned.

At the beginning of 2024, Saha formally presented the proposal for official recognition, tracing the origins of Bangla New Year celebrations to the Mughal era. His proposal also highlighted Mongol Shobhajatra, a traditional procession organized by Dhaka University, and referenced visits to the US by renowned Bengali figures such as Rabindranath Tagore and Swami Vivekananda.

“But the Republican state Senators of Long Island were not convinced,” Saha noted.

That April, in an effort to broaden the appeal of the Times Square event, organizers extended invitations to various communities and nationalities that celebrate the new harvest in April. These included Punjabi (Baisakhi) and Thai (Songkran) traditions. The event saw participation from New York City Mayor and the Deputy Governor, adding to its credibility and visibility.

Buoyed by this success, Saha renewed his advocacy in November. His persistence paid off when the New York State Senate officially issued a notification on January 22. Since then, he has received messages from across the US.

“People want to fly in to attend the Times Square show,” he said.

A theme has already been chosen for the celebrations—dheki and kulo, traditional rice-processing tools. Costumes for the event will be ordered from either Dhaka or Kolkata to add an authentic cultural touch.

Muktadhara has deep roots in Kolkata. The publication house was originally founded in the city by Bishawjit’s cousin, Chittaranjan Saha, during the Bangladesh Liberation War. Its first two titles, Roktakto Bangla and Jagroto Bangladesh, were published there.

For the upcoming Senate reception, globally renowned Bengali figures such as Jhumpa Lahiri and Amitav Ghosh have been invited to join the celebration.

“Only culture can bridge gaps, not religion,” Saha emphasized.

Gautam Adani Unveils India’s Largest Skill and Employment Initiative with Singapore’s ITEES

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Adani Group Chairman Gautam Adani has announced India’s largest skill and employment initiative in collaboration with ITE Education Services (ITEES) of Singapore.

“Delighted to announce one of India’s largest Skill & Employ initiatives! In partnership with Singapore’s ITEES, the global leader in technical training, the Adani Group is launching the world’s largest finishing school in Mundra. This state-of-the-art facility will blend AI-driven immersive learning with cutting-edge innovation centres, and annually train over 25,000 learners to help accelerate the Make in India movement,” Gautam Adani posted on X.

The Adani Group has partnered with ITEES to establish a network of ‘Schools of Excellence’ aimed at catering to key industries, including Green Energy, Manufacturing, Hi-tech, Project Excellence, and Industrial Design. These schools, known as the Adani Global Skills Academy, will be funded by a donation of over ₹2,000 crore from the Adani family. The institutions will select students from technical and vocational education backgrounds across India to align with industry requirements.

Upon completion of their certification, students will have job opportunities within the Adani Group and across the industry, depending on their field of training. According to the company, the program is designed to produce professionals who are “first-day, first-hour industry ready and benchmarked to global standards of excellence.”

In the initial phase of the initiative, the world’s largest finishing school for technical training will be set up in Mundra, Gujarat. This facility aims to train more than 25,000 students each year for various industry roles. Fresh graduates and diploma holders from ITIs or Polytechnics with vocational and technical qualifications will be eligible to enroll in an intensive boot camp experience offered by the school. ITEES Singapore will serve as the knowledge partner for this project.

Earlier, during his son Jeet Adani’s wedding, Gautam Adani pledged ₹10,000 crore for various social causes, including infrastructure development in healthcare, education, and skill training. Additionally, Adani plans to contribute ₹6,000 crore toward building two integrated health campuses, Adani Health Cities (AHCs), in Ahmedabad and Mumbai, as reported by ANI.

Rubio: Ukraine and Europe Must Be Part of Any Real Peace Talks with Russia

Staff ReporterWorld 0

U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated on Sunday that Ukraine and Europe would be included in any “real negotiations” to end Moscow’s war, emphasizing that upcoming U.S.-Russia talks would test Russian President Vladimir Putin’s sincerity about peace.

Speaking in an interview with CBS, Rubio sought to reassure European leaders who had expressed concerns about being excluded from the initial discussions between the U.S. and Russia, which are set to take place in Saudi Arabia. He clarified that a formal negotiation process had not yet begun, but if it progressed, Ukraine and other European nations would be included.

A report from Reuters earlier on Sunday revealed that U.S. officials had sent European counterparts a questionnaire, inquiring about the number of troops they could contribute to enforcing a potential peace agreement between Ukraine and Russia.

“President Trump spoke to Vladimir Putin last week, and in it, Vladimir Putin expressed his interest in peace, and the president expressed his desire to see an end to this conflict in a way that was enduring and that protected Ukrainian sovereignty,” Rubio said on CBS’s Meet the Press.

“Now, obviously it has to be followed up by action, so the next few weeks and days will determine whether it’s serious or not. Ultimately, one phone call does not make peace,” he added.

U.S. Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff and national security adviser Mike Waltz were scheduled to depart for Saudi Arabia on Sunday evening, Witkoff confirmed during an interview with Fox News.

Rubio noted that his trip to Saudi Arabia had been planned earlier as part of official travel, and the final composition of the Russian delegation remained uncertain.

The discussions in Saudi Arabia coincide with U.S. efforts to negotiate a deal with Kyiv, aimed at opening Ukraine’s natural resources to U.S. investment. In an interview with NBC aired on Sunday, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy raised concerns over whether mineral-rich areas controlled by Russia would be handed over to Putin.

Former President Donald Trump, who spoke with Putin last Wednesday and later stated that the Russian leader was seeking peace, reiterated on Sunday his confidence that Putin would not attempt to seize all of Ukraine.

“That would have caused me a big problem, because you just can’t let that happen. I think he wants to end it,” Trump told reporters in West Palm Beach, Florida.

Trump also assured that Zelenskiy would play a role in the discussions to bring the war to an end.

Europe’s Role in Peace Talks Questioned

Despite Trump’s Ukraine envoy, Keith Kellogg, implying at the Munich Security Conference that European nations might not have a role in peace talks, both Rubio and Witkoff dismissed concerns that Ukraine and other European leaders would be excluded from negotiations.

In an interview on Fox News’ Sunday Morning Futures, Witkoff pointed out that Ukrainian officials had engaged with multiple U.S. representatives at the Munich conference and that Trump himself had spoken with Zelenskiy just last week.

Rubio reiterated that meaningful negotiations would inevitably involve Ukraine and Europe.

“Ultimately, it will reach a point—if it’s real negotiations, and we’re not there yet—but if that were to happen, Ukraine will have to be involved because they’re the ones that were invaded, and the Europeans will have to be involved because they have sanctions on Putin and Russia as well,” Rubio said.

“We’re just not there yet,” he added.

French President Emmanuel Macron is set to host European leaders on Monday for an emergency summit on the Ukraine war, according to his office, following Kellogg’s remarks.

European officials have been taken aback by the Trump administration’s recent approach toward Ukraine, Russia, and European defense. Their primary concern is whether they can still rely on U.S. military support, fearing that Trump might broker a Ukraine peace deal with Putin that compromises Kyiv’s security and weakens broader European defense interests.

When asked whether he had discussed the possibility of lifting sanctions on Russia during a Saturday phone call with Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, Rubio declined to confirm details, stating only that they “did not go into any details.”

Following the call, Moscow announced that the two had discussed removing “unilateral barriers” imposed by the previous U.S. administration on U.S.-Russia relations.

Rubio acknowledged that he had addressed the “difficult” working conditions of the U.S. embassy in Moscow with Lavrov. He noted that for any progress to be made in Ukraine peace efforts, both Russia and the U.S. needed to maintain properly functioning embassies in each other’s countries.

Trump Administration Cuts FDA Workforce, Raising Concerns Over Public Health Oversight

Staff ReporterHealth 0

The Trump administration’s initiative to reduce the size of the federal workforce has now impacted the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), with recently hired employees responsible for reviewing food ingredients, medical devices, and other products being dismissed.

Probationary employees across the FDA received termination notices on Saturday evening, according to three FDA staffers who spoke to The Associated Press on the condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to discuss the matter publicly.

The exact number of eliminated positions remained unclear as of Sunday. However, the terminations appeared to primarily affect staff in the agency’s centers for food, medical devices, and tobacco products, including those responsible for overseeing electronic cigarettes. It was uncertain whether employees involved in drug reviews were exempt from the layoffs.

On Friday, some officials anticipated that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) would terminate 5,200 probationary employees across its agencies, based on an audio recording from a National Institutes of Health (NIH) department meeting. HHS supervises various agencies, including the NIH, FDA, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

According to sources who spoke anonymously with the AP on Friday, nearly 1,300 probationary employees at the CDC were expected to be laid off. However, as of early Sunday afternoon, approximately 700 employees had received termination notices, according to three people familiar with the matter. They noted that none of the CDC layoffs affected young doctors and researchers working in the Epidemic Intelligence Service, which tracks diseases.

The FDA, headquartered in the Maryland suburbs outside Washington, employs nearly 20,000 people. The agency has long been a target of newly sworn-in Health Secretary Robert Kennedy Jr., who previously accused the FDA of waging a “war on public health” by failing to approve unproven treatments, including psychedelics, stem cells, and chelation therapy.

Kennedy has also advocated for banning thousands of chemicals and artificial colorings from U.S. foods. However, the FDA layoffs include staff responsible for reviewing the safety of new food additives and ingredients, according to an FDA staffer familiar with the situation.

A spokesperson for HHS did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Sunday afternoon.

Nearly half of the FDA’s $6.9 billion budget is funded by fees paid by the companies it regulates, such as pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers. These fees allow the agency to employ additional scientists to expedite product reviews. Consequently, eliminating these positions will not contribute to reducing government spending.

A former FDA official warned that cutting recent hires could be counterproductive, as it would remove younger staff members with more up-to-date technical expertise. The FDA workforce is largely composed of older employees who have spent one or two decades at the agency. Additionally, a 2022 report from the Government Accountability Office highlighted the FDA’s historical difficulties in recruiting and retaining talent, largely due to better pay in the private sector.

“You want to bring in new blood,” said Peter Pitts, a former FDA associate commissioner under President George W. Bush. “You want people with new ideas, greater enthusiasm, and the latest thinking in terms of technology.”

Mitch Zeller, former FDA director for tobacco, criticized the terminations, saying they were designed to “demoralize and undermine the spirit of the federal workforce.”

“The combined effect of what they’re trying to do is going to destroy the ability to recruit and retain talent,” Zeller said.

The FDA’s inspection team has been under increasing pressure in recent years, especially following a wave of departures during the COVID-19 pandemic. Many of the agency’s current inspectors are recent hires, but it was unclear whether they were affected by the layoffs.

FDA inspectors oversee thousands of food, drug, tobacco, and medical device facilities worldwide. However, the AP reported last year that the agency was dealing with a backlog of around 2,000 uninspected drug manufacturing facilities that had not been visited since before the pandemic.

The agency’s inspection team has also faced criticism for failing to act quickly on recent safety concerns related to infant formula, baby food, and eyedrops.

Trump Administration’s Aggressive Overhaul Faces Legal Hurdles

Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Trump administration and its Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team continue to push forward with sweeping changes to federal agencies, leading to mass layoffs and the abrupt shutdown of ongoing work.

This aggressive restructuring represents a historic power move by the president. However, the disorganized approach may be weakening the administration’s legal standing, as multiple lawsuits pile up and court orders repeatedly block DOGE’s actions.

“I hope that the court system is going to allow us to do what we have to do,” Trump stated during an extended Oval Office discussion with reporters. “We got elected to, among other things, find all of this fraud, abuse, all of this, this horrible stuff going on.”

Despite Trump’s claims of “fraud,” the primary targets of these reforms appear to be programs he simply disfavors, such as diversity initiatives.

Legal experts across the political spectrum, including both conservatives and liberals, have raised concerns over the administration’s abrupt moves. The freezing of vast amounts of federal funds approved by Congress, gaining access to sensitive Treasury payment systems, and attempts to shut down entire agencies overnight have alarmed many.

“From the chaos in and around the administration, to the chaos in the courts who are trying to grapple with it, and for all of us who are watching it happen,” said Adam White of the conservative American Enterprise Institute, “we can all agree this is no way to run a country.”

White pointed out that the administration’s lack of strategic planning and explanation makes judges more likely to question and reject its actions. Other experts on executive authority share similar views.

“Every other presidential administration in modern American history spends a fair bit of time explaining in legal language and in legal arguments why what they’re doing is actually legal,” said Deborah Pearlstein, a constitutional scholar at Princeton University who previously served in the Clinton White House.

“Even if it appears like a huge power grab and almost certainly beyond the scope of the president’s power, they have some argument,” she added.

However, Pearlstein observed that in Trump’s second term, the administration has failed to present a legal justification for its actions. As a result, the DOGE restructuring initiative is not being implemented in a legally sustainable way.

She noted that the conservative-leaning Supreme Court might be sympathetic to certain efforts to expand executive power. However, she emphasized that experience in the White House quickly teaches that every major action should be reviewed by skilled legal advisors to ensure compliance with the law. Trump and billionaire Elon Musk, who is leading the DOGE initiative, seem to believe they can act first and leave legal concerns for later.

“That seems to me pretty likely with some of the DOGE stuff to be what’s going on,” Pearlstein said. “And in part for that reason, a lot of that stuff is going to get struck down by the courts pretty quickly.”

Indeed, legal challenges have already begun to stall the administration’s efforts.

On Thursday, two different federal judges temporarily blocked Trump’s attempt to shut down the United States Agency for International Development (USAID). One judge ruled that the administration must lift the freeze on foreign aid funding, while another blocked the government from placing thousands of USAID employees on leave.

Additionally, a federal judge in Manhattan ruled on Friday that DOGE will continue to be barred from accessing sensitive Treasury Department records and systems. That same day, another judge in Washington, D.C., issued an order temporarily preventing layoffs at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, an agency that Musk has openly expressed a desire to dismantle.

Despite these setbacks, the administration did secure a legal victory in Massachusetts, where a federal judge allowed its controversial “Fork in the Road” resignation plan to proceed. The ruling determined that the labor unions that sued over the policy lacked the legal standing to challenge it.

Adam White of the American Enterprise Institute acknowledged that he does not support the administration’s chaotic methods. However, he questioned whether this flurry of executive actions is simply a temporary burst of policymaking energy early in the term.

He expressed hope that the pace would eventually slow down, bringing more clarity. However, he also posed a crucial question: “If this is going to be the style of governance for four entire years… we’ll see.”

Historically, previous administrations have also pledged to combat waste, fraud, and abuse in government spending.

“Under President Reagan there was something called the Grace Commission,” said Linda Bilmes, a government efficiency expert at the Harvard Kennedy School.

“He charged the commission to work like bloodhounds—don’t leave any stone unturned in your search to root out inefficiency,” she explained.

However, Bilmes pointed out that both Reagan and President Bill Clinton worked within the existing system. Clinton and Vice President Al Gore sought input from civil servants to identify cost-saving measures. Reagan collaborated with Congress to pass lasting legislative reforms.

In contrast, Bilmes described the current approach as a more reckless assault on the system.

“Not only is this effort not accomplishing the task of weeding out inefficiency, but… it’s like cutting off your arm to lose weight,” she said.

In other words, while such drastic measures might appear effective in the short term, they ultimately create more problems than they solve.

Some political analysts suggest that the aggressive tactics of DOGE may appeal to Trump’s voter base and serve as a short-term political win.

However, even with Republican control of both the Senate and the House, along with a conservative Supreme Court, many experts find it puzzling that the administration is pursuing this confrontational approach rather than passing legislation. This remains an ongoing mystery for political and legal observers alike.

Vivek Ramaswamy Launches Campaign for Ohio Governor, Promises a Unique Approach

Staff ReporterProfile 0

Vivek Ramaswamy has officially begun his campaign to become Ohio’s next governor, vowing that his bid will not be “your usual gubernatorial dog-and-pony show.”

The biotech entrepreneur and former Republican presidential candidate marked Valentine’s Day by submitting paperwork to the Ohio Secretary of State’s office, signaling his intent to run in the 2026 election.

Ramaswamy, a 39-year-old Cincinnati native, has yet to make a formal announcement about his campaign. However, he has repeatedly hinted at his interest in pursuing an elected position at the state level.

“Big announcement in Ohio coming on Feb 24. It won’t be your usual gubernatorial dog-and-pony show,” he told The Post on Saturday.

His campaign is expected to officially launch on February 24 at CTL Aerospace Inc. in Cincinnati, followed by a speech at Axium Packaging near Columbus, according to a report by the Associated Press.

A website that appears to be associated with Ramaswamy’s campaign teases “a big announcement” and is funded by “Vivek Ramaswamy for Ohio,” further confirming his political aspirations.

Speculation about Ramaswamy’s gubernatorial ambitions began after he abandoned plans to co-lead the newly proposed Department of Government Efficiency alongside Elon Musk last month.

At that time, a Trump-Vance transition spokesperson informed The Post that Ramaswamy’s interest in running for governor was the primary reason for his departure from the committee tasked with identifying ways to reduce the size of the federal government.

By entering the race, Ramaswamy will compete in a Republican primary to replace Ohio Governor Mike DeWine, who is limited by term restrictions. Other candidates in the GOP primary include Ohio Attorney General Dave Yost and Heather Hill, a former member of the Buckeye State’s Martin Luther King Jr. Commission.

Jon Husted, the former lieutenant governor of Ohio and a perceived frontrunner in the race, withdrew last month after being appointed to the U.S. Senate seat previously held by Vice President JD Vance.

Ramaswamy has already secured endorsements from two Republican officials holding statewide office: Secretary of State Frank LaRose and Treasurer Robert Sprague.

Google CEO Sundar Pichai on What Comes After AI

Staff ReporterTechnology 1

Artificial intelligence is transforming how people work, learn, and live. However, what follows AI? Google CEO Sundar Pichai has shared his insights on what the future might hold. In a recent blog post, he outlined his thoughts on the next major technological advancements. Pichai, who once stated, “AI is bigger than the internet,” acknowledges that innovation will not stop with artificial intelligence.

According to Pichai, three key areas will shape the future of technology, starting with quantum computing. “Quantum computing will push the limits of what technology can do,” he wrote. This emerging field has the potential to address significant challenges in healthcare, security, and scientific research. “Quantum computing will also help scientists discover new medicines… as well as design more efficient batteries for electric cars, and accelerate progress in fusion and new energy alternatives,” said Pichai. He believes quantum computing represents the next fundamental shift in computing, building upon the advancements of AI.

Pichai also highlighted Google’s latest breakthrough in quantum computing. “Our state-of-the-art Willow quantum chip solved a computation in under five minutes that would take a classical computer ten septillion years — that’s a one, followed by twenty-five zeros, longer than the universe has existed, several times over,” he explained. This achievement underscores the immense potential of quantum technology.

In addition to quantum computing, Pichai expects AI to become more intelligent, affordable, and widely accessible. “AI will keep getting better, cheaper, and more useful,” he stated. As AI continues to evolve, it may soon integrate seamlessly into daily life, making interactions with technology feel more natural.

Finally, Pichai envisions a shift in how people interact with technology. “Computers will understand us better,” he suggested. Future devices might respond more intuitively, allowing for effortless communication and engagement with digital tools.

Europe’s Population Shift: Decline Expected Across Most Countries by 2100

Staff ReporterWorld 0

A new map illustrates the expected changes in population levels across European nations from now until the year 2100. The data is derived from the UN World Population Prospects 2024, specifically using the medium variant estimates.

Population Trends in Europe

For several decades, birth rates across Europe have been below the replacement rate required to maintain stable population levels. This trend is expected to continue and intensify in the coming years. Consequently, most European nations are projected to see a decline in population by the end of the century.

The most populous nations on the continent are expected to experience significant shifts. Germany is projected to lose 13.8 million people, Poland will see a decrease of 18.8 million, and Italy is expected to shrink by 23.8 million.

Eastern Europe has been experiencing population declines since the 1990s, and this pattern is anticipated to accelerate further throughout the century. Russia and Ukraine combined are expected to see their populations drop by 40 million people by 2100.

Despite these overall trends, migration—both within Europe and from outside the continent—could help mitigate population loss in some countries. Nations such as the United Kingdom and France are expected to grow rather than shrink due to migration. The UK’s population is projected to increase by 4.8 million, while France is expected to see a growth of 1.8 million.

However, this trend of population growth is expected to be limited to only a few countries. According to the UN’s estimates, just seven European nations will have a larger population in 2100 compared to 2025.

It is essential to note that these are estimates, and projections can differ based on the data source. While the UN suggests a general decline across most of Europe, Eurostat—the official statistical office of the European Union—has a slightly more optimistic outlook. Eurostat’s projections from 2022 indicate that more European countries will experience population growth than the UN anticipates.

Economic and Social Implications for Europe

A declining population presents significant challenges for economies across Europe. Economic systems are not designed to accommodate shrinking populations. A decrease in population directly translates to reduced consumer demand, which is a vital driver of economic growth.

Additionally, a smaller population results in a reduced tax base, which directly impacts the funding of Europe’s extensive social security programs. Many European nations are known for their robust social welfare systems, which could face financial strain if fewer people contribute to tax revenues.

For decades, migration from Asia and the Middle East has played a crucial role in sustaining population growth across Europe. However, the impact of international migration as a population booster is expected to diminish sooner than many anticipate.

Eurostat’s projections suggest that Europe’s population will peak in 2026. After that point, overall population levels are expected to decline, marking a significant demographic shift for the continent.

Pope Francis Appoints Sister Raffaella Petrini as President of Vatican City Governorate

Staff ReporterWomen 0

On February 15, Pope Francis appointed Sister Raffaella Petrini as the new president of the Pontifical Commission for Vatican City State and the President of the Governorate of Vatican City State.

According to a statement from the Holy See Press Office, the appointment will take effect on March 1.

Sister Petrini, a member of the Franciscan Sisters of the Eucharist, has held the position of secretary general of the Governorate since 2021. With this new role, she becomes the first woman to assume the highest leadership position in the Vatican’s administrative framework.

As president, she will be responsible for overseeing Vatican City’s governance, managing daily operations, and implementing policies in alignment with the Holy See’s directives. The governorate is tasked with handling various administrative functions, including security, infrastructure, and the preservation of cultural heritage.

Sister Petrini succeeds Cardinal Fernando Vérgez Alzaga, L.C., who had served as president since 2021.

New Cancer Drug Trial Achieves Unprecedented Complete Remission in Patients

Staff ReporterHealth 0

A groundbreaking development at Manhattan’s Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center has stunned the medical world. A new drug trial has delivered results that experts are calling a medical marvel—complete remission of cancer in every participant. This small but unprecedented study has sparked global optimism and intense curiosity as dostarlimab, the drug being tested, demonstrates the potential to revolutionize cancer treatment. The implications of this breakthrough raise important questions about the future of oncology and what it means for patients battling this devastating disease.

The trial conducted at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center has drawn significant attention due to its extraordinary success. It focused on dostarlimab, a novel checkpoint inhibitor, and was limited to a select group of rectal cancer patients. Every single participant in the trial experienced complete remission, an extremely rare outcome in oncology.

Though the study was small, with only 12 participants, it was meticulously designed. The patients selected had locally advanced rectal cancer and were chosen based on specific criteria that indicated they might respond to the treatment. Each participant received dostarlimab every three weeks over a six-month period. The trial aimed to determine the drug’s effectiveness in exposing cancer cells to the immune system, allowing the body to recognize and destroy them.

To evaluate the drug’s efficacy, researchers used a combination of physical examinations, endoscopies, positron emission tomography (PET) scans, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). The results, which revealed complete disappearance of tumors in all patients, shocked and thrilled the medical team and the broader oncology community.

Before joining the trial, many of the patients had endured extensive and exhausting treatments such as chemotherapy and radiation. These interventions not only failed to eliminate their cancer but also led to severe side effects, leaving patients physically and emotionally drained. Dr. Andrea Cercek, an oncologist at Memorial Sloan Kettering and co-author of the study, noted, “The patients had almost given up hopes after failing to recover after going through grueling chemotherapy and radiation sessions.” Some were even facing the possibility of life-altering surgeries that could have resulted in permanent changes to their bodily functions.

However, the introduction of dostarlimab marked a turning point. Patients were astonished to learn that their tumors had vanished, and no further invasive treatments were needed. Dr. Cercek described the emotional moment, saying there were “a lot of happy tears.” The impact of this revelation was immense, not just in terms of physical relief but also in the profound shift it brought to the patients’ mental and emotional well-being.

Participants in the study were closely monitored for signs of recurrence through regular follow-ups involving advanced imaging. Remarkably, there was no evidence of cancer returning up to 25 months after the trial concluded. This sustained remission provided a significant sense of relief and fostered a cautiously optimistic outlook. One patient, reflecting on their experience, expressed immense gratitude: “Not expecting their cancerous tumors to subside, they agreed to be part of the dostarlimab trial. But to their pleasant surprise, they were taken off the painful chemotherapy and radiation sessions and also told that there would be no need to go under the knife.”

Dostarlimab represents a major advancement in oncology, particularly within immunotherapy. As a checkpoint inhibitor, it targets the immune system’s ability to recognize and destroy cancer cells, a process often blocked by the cancer cells themselves. Normally, cancer cells evade detection by manipulating certain proteins that act as checkpoints in the immune system. These checkpoints prevent the immune system from mistakenly attacking the body’s own cells. However, dostarlimab blocks these checkpoint proteins, removing the protective shield that cancer cells use to evade immune attack. This allows T-cells, the body’s natural defense mechanism, to recognize and destroy cancerous cells.

Checkpoint inhibitors like dostarlimab belong to a broader class of drugs that have revolutionized cancer treatment in recent years. These drugs are particularly effective against cancers with a high mutation burden, making them more recognizable to the immune system once the checkpoints are inhibited. Dostarlimab specifically targets the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway, which plays a crucial role in enabling tumors to evade immune responses.

In this trial, dostarlimab was administered every three weeks for six months. The results were extraordinary, and unlike conventional cancer treatments such as chemotherapy, which often come with severe side effects, this drug showed a remarkable safety profile. “Such drugs, known as ‘checkpoint inhibitors,’ usually have some kind of adverse reaction in 20% of patients who undergo the treatments. Nearly 60% of patients have severe complications, including muscle weakness. But no negative reaction was seen in the patients involved in the dostarlimab study,” stated the report.

This combination of effectiveness and minimal side effects suggests that dostarlimab could be a game-changer, not just for rectal cancer but for other cancers that share similar biological markers. Traditionally, cancer treatments have relied on surgery, chemotherapy, and radiation therapy. While these methods are effective, they often result in significant physical and emotional burdens for patients. The success of dostarlimab suggests a potential shift toward less invasive treatment options, reducing the need for aggressive therapies such as surgery and chemotherapy, particularly in cancers that are responsive to immunotherapy.

The trial also highlights the growing importance of personalized medicine in cancer treatment. By targeting specific genetic markers, drugs like dostarlimab can be tailored to individual patients, increasing efficacy while minimizing unwanted side effects. As genetic testing and biomarker research continue to advance, personalized immunotherapies could become more widespread.

The remarkable results of this study are expected to drive further research into checkpoint inhibitors and other immunotherapy treatments. Given the unprecedented success seen in this trial, additional studies will likely explore dostarlimab’s application to a wider range of cancers and at different stages. If these findings hold true in larger trials, the drug could significantly broaden treatment options for patients who currently lack effective therapies.

Beyond the scientific community, the implications of this breakthrough extend to healthcare policy and economics. If treatments like dostarlimab can provide long-term remission with fewer resources and less patient trauma, they could help reduce the financial and logistical burdens associated with traditional cancer therapies. However, the high cost of such drugs remains a significant barrier. At its current trial phase, dostarlimab costs approximately $11,000 per dose, posing a substantial challenge for widespread use, particularly in lower-income countries and even among middle-class patients in developed nations.

For dostarlimab to become widely accessible, insurance companies and healthcare systems will need to reassess their policies regarding coverage for innovative cancer treatments. Adjustments in public health funding and insurance structures may be necessary to ensure that patients who need these therapies can afford them. Additionally, pharmaceutical companies must collaborate with governments and global health organizations to scale up manufacturing and distribution, ensuring that dostarlimab reaches patients worldwide.

The ethical implications of access to life-saving drugs like dostarlimab cannot be ignored. Healthcare equity remains a crucial issue, as life-changing treatments should not be limited to those who can afford them. Addressing these concerns will require careful planning and collaboration among medical professionals, policymakers, and industry leaders.

The success of the dostarlimab trial represents more than just a medical breakthrough; it signals a potential transformation in cancer care. The results demonstrate that modern science is advancing toward treatments that are not only more effective but also less invasive and more humane. However, ensuring that these therapies are accessible to all patients will require collective efforts from governments, pharmaceutical companies, and the healthcare sector.

Moving forward, continued research and larger clinical trials will be essential to validate and expand upon these findings. Additionally, healthcare systems must adapt to incorporate these new treatments while ensuring that all patients, regardless of economic or geographic barriers, have access to them.

Dostarlimab offers a beacon of hope—not just for those currently battling cancer, but for future generations. With persistent dedication and collaboration across various fields, the possibility of turning cancer into a manageable condition rather than a terminal diagnosis is within reach.

Inside Etihad’s Luxurious A380 Residence: Chennai Influencer Couple’s Exclusive Experience

Staff ReporterTravel 0

A three-room suite with a television, separate bathrooms, and premium amenities is a standard feature in five-star hotels. But what if these luxurious facilities were available on a flight? That is precisely what Etihad Airways offers with “The Residence” on its A380 aircraft.

Recently, a Chennai-based social media influencer couple took their followers on a virtual tour of this extravagant flying experience, sharing their insights on Instagram.

The couple, Keerthi and Aashish Manivannan, who have over 114,000 Instagram followers, posted about their journey in a post titled “Beyond First Class? The Residence on Etihad’s A380.” Their travel itinerary included a flight from Paris to Hyderabad, with a layover in Abu Dhabi. The post also highlighted that Etihad’s A380 operates between Paris and Abu Dhabi.

“We flew from Paris – Abu Dhabi – Hyderabad, and the A380 flies between Paris and Abu Dhabi,” they mentioned in their Instagram post.

The Etihad Residence Experience

For travelers flying in business class, first class, or premium suites, the luxury experience often begins long before they board the flight. The couple’s journey was no exception, as they received an exclusive welcome at the First Class Lounge at Abu Dhabi International Airport.

According to their post, the lounge offered gourmet à la carte meals, a dedicated play area for children, shower suites, private cabins for families, and sleeping pods.

Once on board, the couple described their experience as the closest they have ever been to flying on a private jet.

A Three-Room Flying Suite

The highlight of their journey was the “3-room cabin” that they had all to themselves, located near the nose of the aircraft. The spacious lounge area featured two large sofa seats and a big-screen television. Adjacent to this was a dedicated shower area and a restroom. Further inside the suite was a full-size bed, complete with “pillows, duvets, and bedding.”

Among the many premium services available, the couple noted the convenience of “The cabin crew makes the bed for you.”

Other exclusive features, such as anytime gourmet dining, inflight WiFi, and the sheer space and privacy offered by “The Residence,” add to the appeal of this ultra-luxurious experience. Currently, Etihad operates just one such suite on each of its A380 aircraft.

Exclusive Washroom Amenities

The suite’s private washroom was another standout feature, equipped with a Giorgio Armani amenity kit containing creams, eye masks, socks, and other essential toiletries. Additionally, sleepwear from the same designer brand was provided, along with “lots of gourmet chocolates.”

Fine Liquor Selection Onboard

For those who enjoy premium drinks, the couple noted the availability of an extensive selection of expensive wines, champagnes, and other premium liquors, making the experience comparable to that of flying on a private jet.

“The experience was amazing, almost like flying a private jet, and we had the best time,” said the couple, emphasizing that their review was not an advertisement or a brand collaboration.

Netizens React

The couple’s Instagram post quickly gained traction, with many social media users admiring their luxurious experience and appreciating the joy they shared as a family.

“The real wealth is her family; they are so happy together and complete,” commented a user named Aggan.

Another user, Rajesh Kumar, praised the suite’s spaciousness, noting that “It actually looks better than most private jets; the amount of space is insane.”

The couple’s journey offered their followers a glimpse into one of the most opulent travel experiences available today, highlighting the exclusivity of Etihad Airways’ A380 Residence.

Modi Returns from U.S. Meeting with Unmet Trade Demands and Tariff Concerns

Staff ReporterIndia 0

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi had been banking on a series of concessions before his meeting with U.S. President Donald Trump to maintain favorable ties with Washington, especially after weeks of tariff threats.

However, these efforts fell short.

As Modi heads back to New Delhi, he faces the looming prospect of increased duties on Indian exports and heightened pressure to purchase more American products—ranging from energy to advanced U.S. weapons systems. The meeting highlighted that the warm rapport the two leaders shared during Trump’s first term has its limits.

The discussions marked the first official meeting between Modi and Trump since 2020 and underscored Trump’s determination to revamp trade relationships with all nations, including close U.S. allies. Hours before their meeting, Trump announced that the U.S. would begin imposing “reciprocal” tariffs. He also openly criticized India’s trade policies while standing alongside Modi at a press conference.

“India has been to us just about the highest-tariffed nation in the world,” Trump said at the White House, with Modi standing beside him. “Whatever India charges, we’re charging them.”

Indian officials familiar with the meeting emphasized that it was not entirely negative. While India is waiting for details on the reciprocal tariffs, officials noted that an agreement to pursue a bilateral trade pact provides a platform for negotiation. They spoke on the condition of anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the discussions.

Modi was one of the earliest foreign leaders to visit Trump, joining the ranks of the prime ministers of Japan and Israel. The visit followed years of strengthening ties between India and the U.S., as Washington has strategically engaged India as a counterbalance to China’s growing influence in the region.

Several U.S. corporations, including Apple Inc. and Starbucks Corp., have significantly expanded their operations in India, tapping into the country’s growing consumer market while seeking to diversify away from Chinese supply chains.

Even during Trump’s first term, when he and Modi had a friendly rapport, India’s tariff policies remained a recurring point of contention. Now, with Trump’s second term underway, Modi has taken a more flexible stance, reducing import tariffs on various goods, including Harley-Davidson Inc. motorcycles.

Further demonstrating its willingness to accommodate U.S. demands, New Delhi announced on Thursday a reduction in taxes on American bourbon, cutting the rate from 150% to 100%—a key demand from Washington.

A senior U.S. official, speaking to Bloomberg News anonymously, described these steps as minor but welcomed. However, it was evident that Modi left Washington with a list of further actions to take, as Trump underscored his intent to reduce the U.S.’s $41 billion trade deficit with India.

“We believe that India still remains in Trump’s line of fire on reciprocal tariffs, even as the two countries have reiterated their strategic partnership,” said Sonal Varma, chief economist for India at Nomura Singapore Ltd.

India’s Ministry of External Affairs and Finance Ministry did not immediately respond to requests for further clarification.

Increased U.S. Defense Sales on the Horizon

Among India’s most notable commitments was its pledge to increase purchases of American energy and military equipment. India currently relies primarily on Russia for its defense needs and energy supplies, but Washington has long sought to reduce Moscow’s influence in these sectors.

In response, Trump announced that the U.S. would offer India the opportunity to purchase Lockheed Martin Corp.’s F-35 fighter jets, further strengthening defense cooperation between the two countries. However, any such deal faces hurdles due to the jet’s exorbitant cost and concerns about technology security, given India’s deep defense ties with Russia.

“The timeframe for the F-35 sale remains unclear, but it’s clearly something Trump will push hard given the revenue that the U.S. can draw from selling such an expensive system,” said Michael Kugelman, director at the South Asia Institute of the Wilson Center.

Despite these defense discussions, Modi did not secure any definitive commitment from Trump regarding the continuation of the H-1B visa program, which facilitates legal immigration for high-skilled Indian workers to the U.S. This program is a key concern for India’s technology sector. However, Modi did express openness to repatriating undocumented Indian migrants from the U.S., a stance that has drawn political criticism back home.

One topic that was notably absent from the discussions was the ongoing legal troubles of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani, who has been indicted in the U.S. for allegedly paying hundreds of millions of dollars in bribes to Indian government officials. Adani, a close ally of Modi, has denied the allegations.

“Personal Matters” Off the Table

“When it comes to such personal matters, two leaders of two countries will not get together on the topic and discuss anything on an individual matter,” Modi stated during the press conference.

Despite their disagreements, Modi and Trump concluded their meeting on a positive note by setting ambitious goals for future cooperation. Both leaders committed to expanding bilateral trade to $500 billion by 2030, a significant increase from $126.6 billion in 2023. Additionally, they reaffirmed their commitment to deepening defense and technological collaboration.

However, the discrepancy between India’s tariffs on U.S. imports and America’s relatively lower duties remains a critical sticking point. This imbalance puts India in a weaker negotiating position when discussing a comprehensive trade deal with the U.S., according to Shumita Deveshwar, chief India economist at GlobalData.TS Lombard.

“There are more concessions to be made because, for us, the U.S. is a far bigger market than India is for the U.S.,” she noted. “We do come from a position of disadvantage into these talks.”

As Modi returns to India, his government must now navigate the next steps in trade negotiations, balancing Washington’s demands while safeguarding India’s economic interests.

Munich Security Conference Highlights Growing NATO Divisions Amid Ukraine Crisis

Staff ReporterWorld 0

U.S. Vice President JD Vance, Ukraine’s President Volodymyr Zelensky, and nearly 60 world leaders and policymakers are set to gather in Munich for the annual Munich Security Conference (MSC) over the next three days.

For nearly two decades, this event has been a focal point for global security discussions, but this year, the stakes appear higher than ever. A senior Western official described the current global security climate as “the most dangerous and contested time” of their career.

Cracks in the International Order

The established global security structure, often referred to as the International Rules-based Order, is facing unprecedented strain. Some argue it is already beginning to collapse.

When Russian President Vladimir Putin launched his full-scale invasion of Ukraine three years ago, much of the world condemned the move. NATO, the European Union, and Western nations demonstrated remarkable unity in supporting Ukraine, ensuring it could defend itself without direct Western military intervention.

While Hungary and Slovakia occasionally expressed reservations, there was broad consensus that Putin’s invasion needed to fail to prevent Russia from further aggression, possibly against NATO members like Estonia. The prevailing belief was that Ukraine should receive whatever it needed to achieve a strong negotiating position for lasting peace.

U.S. Shifts Policy on Ukraine

However, that unity has begun to fray. Former President Donald Trump has significantly undermined Ukraine’s stance by declaring—through his Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth—that restoring Ukraine’s pre-2014 borders is “not realistic.” Additionally, the U.S. has dismissed Kyiv’s aspirations for NATO membership, a key goal for President Zelensky, and ruled out sending troops to defend Ukraine from potential future Russian invasions.

Further rattling Western allies, Trump recently held a cordial 90-minute phone call with Putin, abruptly ending a three-year diplomatic freeze. This shift in U.S. policy suggests a preference for quickly ending the war, even if it means meeting many of Moscow’s demands.

Over the coming days in Munich, Trump’s team is expected to outline their plans for Ukraine, with retired U.S. Army General Keith Kellogg traveling to Kyiv next week for further discussions. However, a clear rift has emerged between Washington and Europe. While the U.S. prioritizes ending the war swiftly, European leaders had, until recently, believed that sustained pressure on Moscow—amid significant Russian battlefield casualties and economic struggles—could secure a more favorable peace for Ukraine.

NATO’s Growing Divisions

Beyond Ukraine, other cracks are emerging within NATO. Trump’s recent announcement of his interest in “buying” Greenland—an autonomous territory of Denmark—has sparked fresh tensions. When Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen firmly stated that “Greenland is not for sale,” Trump reportedly reacted with a “horrendous” phone call and did not rule out using force to take the territory.

The notion of a NATO country threatening to seize another member’s land was once unthinkable. In Greenland’s case, U.S. security interests are already well-served, as the island hosts more American troops than Danish forces, and Copenhagen has been open to strengthening mutual defense arrangements.

While many in Scandinavia hope Trump’s proposal is mere rhetoric, the broader damage is already done. His remarks signal a troubling precedent—that using force against neighbors for territorial gain is acceptable.

Former UK National Security Adviser and Ambassador to Washington, Lord Kim Darroch, warned that Trump’s threats against Denmark—whether economic or military—send a dangerous message. “Even if nothing comes from it, it’s done great damage. It’s another signal of Trump’s disdain for NATO. And it will be interpreted in Moscow and Beijing as a message that they have a free hand in Ukraine and Taiwan respectively,” he said.

At the Munich Security Conference, European allies will seek reassurance from Washington that NATO remains strong. However, Trump appears determined to reshape America’s global role and seems unlikely to heed European concerns.

Americans See Federal Overspending but Want More Funding for Social Security and Key Programs

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Many Americans believe the federal government is overspending, yet polling suggests that a significant number, including Republicans, think funding for major programs like Social Security is insufficient.

Surveys from The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research indicate that as former President Donald Trump and adviser Elon Musk advocate for sweeping budget cuts—including reductions in humanitarian aid and potential cuts to the Department of Education and the military—many Americans may not support their approach to trimming federal expenditures.

A January AP-NORC poll found that about two-thirds of Americans believe the government is spending too little on Social Security and education. Additionally, roughly six in ten think more funding should go toward assistance for the poor, and a similar percentage say that Medicare—the health insurance program for seniors—is underfunded. Many also believe Medicaid lacks adequate financial support. Meanwhile, about half of respondents feel that border security is not receiving enough funding.

This presents an ongoing dilemma for lawmakers: while most Americans believe the government isn’t allocating enough money to key programs, they also broadly support budget cuts. A March 2023 AP-NORC poll revealed that six in ten U.S. adults thought the government was spending too much overall.

Foreign Aid Seen as a Primary Area of Overspending

One area where Americans largely agree on overspending is foreign aid. The 2023 AP-NORC poll showed that a majority of Americans believe too much money is directed to other countries.

Approximately seven in ten U.S. adults said the government allocated excessive funds to “assistance to other countries.” This sentiment was particularly strong among Republicans—nearly nine in ten thought foreign aid was overfunded, compared to just over half of Democrats.

Richard Tunnell, a 33-year-old veteran from Huntsville, Texas, believes the U.S. intervenes too frequently in international affairs. An independent voter who supported Trump in the last election, Tunnell appreciates Trump’s “America First” agenda.

“Americans need to worry about Americans,” Tunnell said. “There’s atrocities happening on American soil just as much as there is on foreign soil. You know, if we can’t clean up our own house, why the hell are we trying to clean up somebody else’s house?”

However, surveys suggest that many Americans overestimate how much of the federal budget is spent on foreign aid. Research from KFF found that, on average, Americans believe foreign aid accounts for 31% of the budget, when in reality, it is closer to 1% or less.

Bipartisan Agreement on Social Security and Medicare

Few Americans, regardless of political affiliation, think the country spends too much on Social Security or Medicare. However, opinions diverge when it comes to military spending, border security, Medicaid, and assistance programs for low-income individuals.

About one-third of U.S. adults believe the military receives excessive funding, while another third think the budget is about right. The remaining third feel the military is underfunded. A partisan divide is evident: most Republicans argue that military funding is too low, while nearly half of Democrats say it receives too much money.

Jeremy Shouse, a 38-year-old Democrat from Durham, North Carolina, believes social programs should receive as much funding as the military.

“I think it’s really a slap in our faces as Americans,” Shouse said, expressing frustration over the lack of funding for programs like Medicaid, which he has personally relied on.

“When it comes down to school, Medicaid, any type of government assistance programs, the money is just kind of not there,” he added. “Not like it is for the military or the Army.”

A strong majority of Democrats believe too little is spent on assistance for the poor, education, Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid. When it comes to border security, Democrats are more divided—about four in ten feel the funding is appropriate, while the remaining respondents are evenly split between those who believe it’s too high and those who think it’s too low. Regarding federal law enforcement agencies such as the CIA and FBI, most Democrats feel funding levels are about right.

Republicans, on the other hand, tend to support increased funding for border security, Social Security, and the military. About eight in ten Republicans believe the government allocates too little to border security, while roughly two-thirds say Social Security needs more funding.

Despite these divisions, the overall data suggests a paradox: while Americans frequently argue that the federal government overspends, many simultaneously believe that crucial domestic programs remain underfunded.

The Crisis of Hindi Cinema and the Media’s Role in Its Decline

Staff ReporterCulture 0

Hindi cinema has been struggling for quite some time now, facing a downturn that is hard to ignore. Quality films often fail to get the recognition they deserve, while subpar productions occasionally succeed but mostly flounder. This has led to what can be described as an existential crisis for Bollywood—India’s second-greatest obsession after cricket.

Several factors have contributed to this crisis, but beyond the excessive greed of multiplex owners, which has alienated core audiences, and the shifting perspectives of moviegoers, another key culprit is the media. Rather than serving as a stabilizing force or at least offering some support, the media has been largely irresponsible, immature, and, at times, even malicious. From social media platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and YouTube to print and online publications, the role played by the press in shaping public perception of Hindi cinema has been overwhelmingly negative.

The Decline in the Quality of Film Journalism

A significant issue with modern film journalism is the lack of deep understanding among those covering the industry. Many of today’s journalists are young and lack substantial knowledge or independent analysis of how Hindi cinema evolved into what it is today. Rather than developing informed perspectives, they often rely on one another, so-called “experts,” or personal biases shaped by their admiration for specific filmmakers, stars, or genres. Very few have a genuine passion for cinema or approach their critiques with objectivity.

Many of these individuals aspire to be filmmakers or screenwriters themselves, which often makes them critical of mainstream Bollywood storytelling. They scoff at elements that have been part of Hindi cinema’s DNA for over eight decades simply because these tropes do not align with the aesthetics of world cinema, particularly its critically acclaimed segments.

There is also a faction of critics who blindly idolize South Indian cinema, which, in itself, is not problematic. However, their excessive praise of regional films often comes at the expense of Hindi movies, leading to unnecessary comparisons and an unfair dismissal of Bollywood’s contributions.

Focusing on Non-Issues

Another distraction in the discourse surrounding Hindi cinema is the undue attention given to so-called “nepotism” and “nepo-kids.” While these terms have lost their significance in Bollywood, they still dominate discussions—despite nepotism thriving even more prominently in South Indian film industries. Critics paradoxically celebrate South cinema as being “grounded” while dismissing Hindi films that tell similar stories as being disconnected from reality.

Moreover, Hindi cinema’s biggest stars, both seasoned and emerging, are frequently criticized for their supposed lack of talent. The line between personal and professional criticism is blurred, leading to unwarranted attacks on actors.

Ignorance and the Abuse of Influence

The biases of film journalists extend to their preferences for certain filmmakers and actors, often disregarding public sentiment. Directors like Anurag Kashyap, Hansal Mehta, and Vishal Bhardwaj, to name a few, receive disproportionate praise, while many truly talented artists go unnoticed. The industry’s fixation on international recognition further exacerbates this trend—global accolades take precedence over domestic achievements, even when Indian audiences fail to connect with these celebrated filmmakers.

There is a growing pattern of outright dismissal of Hindi cinema. While film reviews were once secondary to audience decisions, today, they have an outsized influence. With ticket prices at an all-time high, moviegoers increasingly rely on reviews to decide whether a film is worth watching. Unfortunately, many critics appear more interested in tearing down Bollywood than offering constructive feedback.

Another problem lies in the inconsistent reporting of box office figures. While some journalists inflate earnings to make a film appear more successful than it is, others take a contrarian approach, prematurely labeling movies as flops. Often, films are declared failures even before their release, and post-launch, every effort is made to justify these predetermined verdicts. This creates confusion among audiences, leaving them unsure about a movie’s actual performance.

Of course, box office numbers should not be the sole measure of a film’s worth. A good film does not lose its artistic merit simply because it underperforms commercially. However, exaggerated earnings reports contribute to the growing distrust in media, reinforcing the perception that journalism is tainted by bias and monetary incentives.

The term “paid media” has become increasingly relevant, as even honest journalists are painted with the same brush as those who distort facts for personal gain. Conversely, individuals who peddle negativity under the guise of “telling it like it is” are lauded as voices of integrity.

One senior critic in the industry, who once enjoyed great reverence, was notorious for his inconsistent opinions. He would harshly critique a film, then later praise one aspect of it while condemning the director’s next project. In another instance, he would criticize one movie but later use it as a benchmark to deride another film from the same filmmaker. Audiences began to notice these contradictions, exposing his lack of credibility.

Yet, that was an era when such behavior was still limited. Today, the dominant trend among critics is outright hostility. The tools of their trade—keyboards, microphones, and cameras—are wielded not as instruments of fair critique but as weapons of destruction.

The Rise of Agenda-Driven Journalism

A troubling development in recent years is the increasing number of journalists launching their own platforms, using them to fabricate, amplify, and sustain controversies. They manipulate narratives, cite unverifiable “sources,” and enlist supposed “authorities” to lend credence to their claims. Their primary motivation is not truth but digital engagement—views, likes, and revenue. The impact of their misinformation is growing, influencing public perception in dangerous ways.

One recent example involves a passionate cinephile named Vikram, who happens to be related to a legendary film personality. Vikram had long been influenced by a biased film columnist, often adopting the same views without independent thought. However, when he engaged with me in a private conversation regarding a particular film, I suggested he watch it himself rather than rely on second-hand opinions. Filmmaking, after all, is an arduous process, and while the results may vary from awful to brilliant, every film deserves a fair assessment. To his credit, Vikram acknowledged the validity of my argument.

Unfortunately, not everyone is as willing to challenge their preconceptions. Many simply accept media narratives without question, which is why responsible, honest journalism is more crucial than ever.

What the Media Should Be

A true champion of Hindi cinema should not impose conditions on their appreciation of the industry. Just as a parent or teacher supports a child through challenges, journalists should stand by Bollywood during its rough patches. Constructive criticism is vital, but it should be offered with the intent to improve, not to destroy.

The absence of such support has left a void. Instead of acting as a guiding force, today’s media is complicit in Bollywood’s struggles. If Hindi cinema is to regain its strength, it needs a press that values integrity over sensationalism, fairness over favoritism, and encouragement over perpetual condemnation.

Ultimately, Bollywood’s fate does not rest solely in the hands of filmmakers, actors, or audiences. The media wields significant influence in shaping narratives, and if it continues on its current path, it may contribute to the very downfall it claims to lament.

Grassley Criticizes Trump’s Watchdog Firings, Says Law Was Violated

Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump’s recent dismissals of key federal watchdogs responsible for overseeing government accountability violated the law, Sen. Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) said Wednesday.

On Tuesday, Trump fired the inspector general of the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) following a damning report from the office detailing the administration’s efforts to dismantle the agency, which put nearly $500 million worth of food aid at risk of spoiling. This move comes after Trump removed 18 inspectors general from other federal agencies last month.

Federal law requires the administration to notify Congress 30 days in advance and provide specific reasons before terminating an inspector general. The Trump administration failed to meet this requirement.

Grassley, a longtime advocate for inspectors general and their oversight role established after President Richard Nixon’s Watergate scandal, indicated that he supported the dismissal of USAID Inspector General Paul Martin, stating that Martin “wasn’t doing his job.” However, he criticized the president for bypassing legal protocols.

“I’d like to alert the president to the fact that he can abide by the law and still get rid of the people he wants to get rid of,” Grassley said. “He can put them on administrative leave for 30 days and send us a letter.”

When asked if he intended to inform Trump directly, Grassley responded, “I just did, by talking to you.”

Grassley previously sent a letter to Trump seeking clarification on the earlier inspector general firings but has yet to receive a response. Despite this, the senator was recently seen dining with the president at his Florida estate, sharing a photo online.

A report from the USAID Office of Inspector General on Monday highlighted how the administration’s decision to freeze nearly all USAID operations and halt foreign assistance led to significant confusion and delays in aid distribution.

“While initial guidance following the pause in foreign assistance funding provided a waiver for emergency food assistance, shipments of in-kind food assistance have been delayed around the world,” the report stated.

“This uncertainty put more than $489 million of food assistance at ports, in transit, and in warehouses at risk of spoilage, unanticipated storage needs, and diversion,” it continued.

Many Republicans have backed Trump’s push to downsize USAID, despite previously supporting the agency’s role in countering China and Russia’s influence in Africa and other regions.

“USAID is an agency that let us all down,” Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) said Tuesday, criticizing the agency’s spending practices.

However, in 2021, Graham called USAID “a force for good.” Other Republicans, including Secretary of State Marco Rubio and Ivanka Trump, have also praised the agency in the past.

Last week, a federal judge ordered the Trump administration to reinstate some USAID employees while the courts assess the legality of the agency’s closure. Despite this ruling, the administration has continued to restrict workers from entering the Washington headquarters, indicating that portions of the office space may be repurposed for U.S. Customs and Border Protection officials.

Indian-Americans, H-1B Visas, and the Struggle for Fair Recognition

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

The H-1B visa program, designed to help U.S. businesses access specialized foreign professionals, has become a battleground for political and cultural disputes. Prominent figures like former President Donald Trump and entrepreneur Elon Musk champion the program, emphasizing its role in sustaining American innovation and global competitiveness. However, staunch MAGA conservatives such as Steve Bannon and Stephen Miller strongly oppose it, arguing that it displaces American workers and lowers wages. This division within the MAGA movement has intensified the controversy, placing Indian professionals—the largest group of H-1B recipients—at the center of a heated national debate, inadvertently casting a shadow over the broader Indian-American community.

For Indian-Americans like myself, especially those active on social media, the hostility directed at H-1B visa holders has become deeply personal and often toxic. My social media feed on X is inundated with inflammatory rhetoric, misleading information, and outright racist commentary. The criticism extends beyond immigration and employment issues, touching even my religion—Hinduism—which is frequently distorted, ridiculed, or misrepresented. What initially began as a policy discussion has morphed into an aggressive campaign against Indian professionals and their cultural identity.

These narratives are not limited to online platforms; they reverberate across global media. News outlets in India and beyond amplify these stories, portraying the United States as a nation struggling with racism, xenophobia, and religious intolerance. This depiction damages America’s reputation abroad, leading many to believe that the American dream is fading. Such perceptions overlook the significant contributions Indian-Americans have made to this country in various fields.

However, both the critics of the H-1B visa program and international skeptics fail to grasp the full picture. Indian-Americans are not defined by these attacks. They are not passive participants in America’s story—they are key contributors shaping its present and future. Through leadership, innovation, and an unwavering commitment to American ideals, Indian-Americans are helping propel the nation forward.

Indian-Americans are excelling in government, business, and technology, redefining leadership roles at every level. Kash Patel, a prominent attorney, is poised to assume the leadership of the FBI. Harmeet Dhillon, a civil rights lawyer from Chandigarh, has been appointed Assistant Attorney General. Meanwhile, entrepreneur and political commentator Vivek Ramaswamy is considering a run for governor in Ohio, potentially becoming the first Indian-American to lead a crucial swing state.

Former congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, a practicing Hindu, has been selected by President Trump to serve as Director of National Intelligence. Her appointment highlights the increasing presence of Indian-Americans in national security and the growing recognition of religious diversity in U.S. leadership. Gabbard’s outspoken embrace of her Hindu faith underscores the need to counter religious prejudice with education and pride.

In another historic milestone, Usha Vance, the wife of Vice President JD Vance, has become the first Indian-American Second Lady. A highly respected legal expert and former clerk for Supreme Court Chief Justice John Roberts, Usha Vance exemplifies the contributions Indian-Americans continue to make to the country’s political and cultural landscape.

These figures represent just a fraction of the Indian-American impact on the U.S. Across generations, Indian-Americans have shattered barriers and transformed industries. Vice President Kamala Harris, whose mother immigrated from India, became the highest-ranking woman in U.S. history, with a potential path to the presidency. Tech industry titans Sundar Pichai and Satya Nadella continue to lead Google and Microsoft, revolutionizing the global technology sector.

Indian-American influence extends far beyond government and technology. In healthcare, approximately 100,000 Indian-American doctors and medical professionals serve communities across the country, providing essential care and contributing to medical advancements. In academia, Indian professors and researchers are shaping disciplines, mentoring future generations, and pushing the boundaries of scientific discovery. Their influence reaches finance, where Indian-Americans hold executive roles in major financial institutions, and entertainment, where they enrich American culture through storytelling and artistic expression.

Despite these remarkable achievements, Indian-Americans remain grounded in their heritage while embracing their American identity. They do not engage in divisive acts like flag-burning or denouncing their adopted homeland. Instead, they celebrate America’s values, contribute actively to its progress, and turn obstacles into opportunities. They take immense pride in their dual identities, strengthening the fabric of American society.

Nevertheless, criticisms of the H-1B visa program are not entirely unfounded. The program has undoubtedly provided a gateway for skilled professionals to contribute to the U.S. economy, but it is far from perfect. Many employers exploit the system, using it as a means to underpay workers and sideline American job seekers. For visa holders, the H-1B process often feels like a form of modern indentured servitude, trapping them in bureaucratic backlogs and limiting their career mobility.

The uncertainty surrounding visa renewals, coupled with the inability to change jobs freely, places immense stress on H-1B workers and their families. These structural flaws highlight the urgent need for reform. The system should be designed to reward merit and contributions rather than create hurdles that impede talented professionals from fully integrating into the workforce.

Fixing the H-1B program is not just about fairness—it is about unlocking the full potential of America’s workforce. Meaningful reform would introduce greater transparency, establish wage protections, and ensure that skilled immigrants are not exploited. By addressing these issues, the U.S. can maintain its competitive edge in science, technology, and innovation. With Silicon Valley’s continued advocacy and influence on policymakers, there is hope that these longstanding problems will finally be resolved.

The story of Indian-Americans is one of perseverance, ambition, and extraordinary success. They have overcome adversity, broken through barriers, and left an indelible mark on every sector of American life. Their contributions far outweigh the hostility of critics, proving that America remains a land of opportunity for those who strive to make a difference.

By reforming broken systems and addressing systemic challenges, the U.S. can fully harness the talents of Indian-Americans and other immigrant communities. This is not just about fixing an immigration policy—it is about reaffirming the principles that make America a beacon of hope and progress.

Indian-Americans will continue to rise above the noise, driven by resilience and the pursuit of excellence. Their presence in leadership, business, and innovation will shape America’s future, ensuring that the nation remains at the forefront of global progress. The challenges they face only serve to strengthen their resolve, reinforcing the idea that hard work and determination can overcome even the most entrenched prejudices.

In the end, the American dream remains alive—not just for Indian-Americans but for all who believe in the promise of a better future through perseverance and contribution.

Indian Hotels Expands Amid Tourism Boom, but Rising Costs Push Indians Abroad

Staff ReporterTourism 0

Indian Hotels (IHTL.NS), the parent company of the luxury Taj brand, is establishing itself as a key player in India’s booming tourism sector. The $12 billion company announced on Monday that it is developing its fifth hotel in Mumbai, with an ambitious plan to expand its portfolio to over 700 properties by 2030. At least 10% of these new additions will be located overseas. However, as hotel rates surge domestically, an increasing number of Indian travelers are considering international destinations.

Despite broader concerns about a slowdown in domestic consumption affecting the Indian economy, Indian Hotels remains resilient. In the three months ending December, the company posted revenue of 25.9 billion rupees ($296 million), reflecting a 29% year-on-year increase. Its EBITDA margin also expanded by 80 basis points, surpassing 39%. Over the past year, the company’s stock has outperformed the Nifty 50 (.NSEI) by 34 percentage points. Indian Hotels currently trades at 63 times its projected earnings for the 2025 financial year—nearly double the valuation multiple of global hotel giants like Marriott International (MAR.O) and Hilton Hotel (HLT.N).

One of the key drivers of this surge is the spending power of affluent Indians, who are investing heavily in luxury weddings and high-profile events. There is a growing appetite for unique experiences. For example, Coldplay’s concert in Ahmedabad in January attracted 134,000 attendees, and the demand for accommodations pushed rates to extreme levels. A nearby Taj property charged as much as 120,000 rupees ($1,386) for a two-night stay in a double-occupancy room.

This is not an isolated case. A shortage of hotels in premium locations is causing prices to escalate across the board, even as the number of foreign visitors to India remains below pre-pandemic levels.

However, as domestic travel costs rise, international destinations are becoming more attractive to Indian tourists. According to Amit Kumar of HDFC Securities, once expenses within India reach a certain threshold, traveling abroad starts to seem like a better value. A study by Capital Economics predicts that India, currently the world’s 10th-largest source of outbound tourists, could rise to fourth place by 2035, trailing only the United States, China, and Germany. Popular destinations for Indian travelers include the Maldives, the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Thailand.

Despite Indian Hotels’ success, analysts are raising concerns about the long-term sustainability of high domestic hotel rates. Karan Khanna of Ambit Capital warns that an unexpected surge in hotel supply could bring prices down more quickly than anticipated. Competing brands, such as ITC Hotels (ITCT.NS), have already announced significant expansion plans, particularly in smaller cities.

To address these uncertainties, Indian Hotels is focusing on a capital-light investment strategy. For now, though, it continues to thrive, benefiting from India’s growing appetite for luxury experiences.

On January 17, Indian Hotels Company reported revenue of 25.9 billion rupees ($296 million) for the three months ending in December, marking a 29% year-on-year increase. Net profit also grew 29%, reaching 5.8 billion rupees.

Pushpa 2: The Rule (Reloaded Version) Dominates Netflix’s Global Charts

Staff ReporterFilm 0

Pushpa 2: The Rule (Reloaded Version) has taken the global streaming scene by storm, securing its place on Netflix’s Global Top Ten Films (Non-English) for the second consecutive week. Currently ranked #3 worldwide, the film is trending in 14 countries, amassing an impressive 9.4 million views over two weeks. This milestone underscores the massive reach of the action-packed blockbuster and the electrifying screen presence of its star, Allu Arjun. Available in Telugu, Hindi, Tamil, Kannada, Malayalam, Bengali, and English, the film continues to captivate audiences across cultures and languages.

Star-Studded Ensemble and Visionary Filmmaking

Directed by Sukumar and produced by Mythri Movie Makers in collaboration with Sukumar Writings, Pushpa 2: The Rule features a powerhouse cast, including Allu Arjun, Rashmika Mandanna, Fahadh Faasil, Jagapathi Babu, Sunil, Anasuya Bharadwaj, Rao Ramesh, and Ajay.

Allu Arjun, whose stellar performance has won hearts worldwide, expressed gratitude for the film’s overwhelming success. “The love and adulation for Pushpa 2: The Rule (Reloaded Version) from across the world is truly overwhelming. This film was made with blood, sweat, and heart — and to see it connect with audiences at such a massive scale is beyond gratifying. I am incredibly proud of the film’s success on Netflix. Through the platform, our story is reaching millions across different countries, breaking language and cultural barriers. And I’m deeply grateful to the fans whose unwavering support and excitement continue to fuel this journey,” he shared.

Director Sukumar highlighted how the film builds upon its predecessor’s legacy. “Pushpa: The Rise set the stage for a world and a character that audiences embraced wholeheartedly, and with Pushpa 2: The Rule, we wanted to take that legacy forward in an even bigger, more immersive way. The film’s success on Netflix is a testament to the universal appeal of Indian cinema, and I’m grateful for the love it continues to receive,” he said.

Netflix Celebrates the Blockbuster’s Success

Monika Shergill, Vice President of Content at Netflix India, emphasized the film’s impact. “Pushpa 2: The Rule Continues, India’s biggest blockbuster, is now one of the most-watched films on Netflix. The raw intensity of its characters, combined with the fearless vision of director Sukumar and the teams at Mythri Movie Makers, has set new benchmarks for Indian cinema. We are proud to bring this reloaded edition featuring new scenes that deliver an even more thrilling experience for our audiences. As its influence continues to break boundaries, this reloaded edition stands as a must-watch for our audiences all over the world,” she stated.

A Cultural Phenomenon

With its high-octane action sequences and the now-iconic ‘Jathara’ scene, where Arjun dons a saree, Pushpa 2: The Rule has earned widespread acclaim from both fans and critics. From India to international markets, the film is redefining mass entertainment, proving that the fire of Pushpa’s legacy burns brighter than ever.

Pushpa 2: The Rule (Reloaded Version) is now streaming on Netflix in Telugu, Hindi, Tamil, Kannada, Malayalam, Bengali, and English.

Indian Rupee Hits Record Low Amid U.S. Tariff Concerns, RBI Intervenes

Staff ReporterMoney 0

The Indian rupee fell to a record low on Monday as concerns over potential U.S. trade tariffs triggered losses across regional currencies, prompting likely intervention from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), traders reported.

The rupee slid to 87.95 per U.S. dollar in early trading, breaching its previous all-time low of 87.5825 recorded last week. By 9:40 a.m. IST, the currency was quoted at 87.9050, marking a 0.5% decline for the day.

State-run banks were observed selling U.S. dollars before the local spot market opened, an action traders attributed to RBI intervention aimed at stabilizing the currency. While the rupee was poised to weaken further past the 88 level, these interventions helped it hold above this psychological threshold.

On Sunday, U.S. President Donald Trump announced plans to impose fresh 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum imports and introduce reciprocal tariffs on all countries matching their respective trade levies. This news drove the dollar index higher to 108.3, while Asian currencies weakened between 0.1% and 0.6%.

Since Trump’s victory in the U.S. elections last November, the rupee has depreciated by approximately 4.5%. The decline has been exacerbated by slowing economic growth and persistent foreign capital outflows.

Foreign investors have offloaded more than $7.5 billion from Indian stocks and bonds on a net basis so far this year, adding pressure on the rupee.

Amid these headwinds, the RBI has frequently intervened to curb excessive currency volatility. However, these efforts have strained India’s foreign exchange reserves, which are hovering near an 11-month low.

“We believe the risks to INR over coming months are skewed towards relative weakness. If the broad USD were to weaken, we believe the downside in USD/INR would be mitigated by active RBI FX purchases,” Nomura noted in a report.

US Tightens Visa Interview Waiver Rules, Impacting Indian Applicants

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Indian travelers renewing U.S. visas now face a new challenge as the U.S. Department of State has abruptly shortened the eligibility window for visa interview waivers (dropbox) from 48 months to just 12 months. This sudden change complicates the renewal process for thousands of Indian applicants.

The revised policy, which takes immediate effect, affects nonimmigrant visa holders such as H-1B and B1/B2 applicants. These individuals previously benefited from more flexible rules introduced during the COVID-19 pandemic to ease consular backlogs.

Now, only applicants renewing a visa in the same nonimmigrant classification that expired within the past 12 months will qualify for dropbox processing, according to The National Law Review.

Though there has been no official government announcement, Visa Application Centers (VACs) have already begun turning away applicants who no longer meet the updated criteria.

Previously, the dropbox process was available for visa renewals if the prior visa had expired within the past 48 months—a policy designed to address pandemic-related delays. With the sudden rollback, many travelers will now be required to attend in-person interviews, adding further strain to an already overburdened system.

Impact on Indian Visa Holders

This change significantly affects holders of H-1B, L-1, O-1, and other nonimmigrant visas, many of whom now face:

  • Increased demand for in-person appointments at U.S. consulates.
  • Longer wait times for visa interviews, especially in high-demand locations.
  • Possible travel disruptions for business travelers and professionals requiring swift renewals.

Reason Behind the Policy Shift

The U.S. is experiencing record-high visa demand. Despite ongoing challenges, 1.76 million Indians traveled to the U.S. in 2023, according to the U.S. Department of State.

In 2022, B1/B2 visa appointment wait times in India had exceeded 999 days, prompting the 48-month dropbox extension to help reduce the backlog. However, these long delays persist, with current wait times for visa interviews still exceeding a year in major Indian cities:

  • Delhi & Mumbai: Over 440 days
  • Chennai: 436 days
  • Hyderabad: 429 days
  • Kolkata: 415 days

What Applicants Can Do

Given the sudden rule change, applicants should take the following steps:

  • Confirm Eligibility: If your visa expired more than 12 months ago or you are applying in a different category, you will need to schedule an in-person interview.
  • Plan for Delays: With long wait times and the new policy expected to create further backlogs, travelers should prepare for extended processing times.
  • Consider Premium Processing: Those renewing H-1B visas may benefit from premium processing to minimize travel disruptions.

The rollback comes at a time when Indian visa applicants are already grappling with lengthy wait times. With increased demand and a limited number of interview slots, securing timely visa renewals is set to become even more challenging.

Severe Arctic Blast to Grip U.S. in Deep Freeze as Polar Vortex Stretches Again

Staff ReporterEnvironment 0

The coldest Arctic blast of the season is set to engulf much of the United States, marking yet another intense polar vortex event in what has already been a winter of repeated frigid invasions, meteorologists warn. The icy grip is expected to persist throughout next week.

Unusual weather patterns in the Arctic are causing the typically confined frigid air near the North Pole to spill southward, affecting both the U.S. and parts of Europe, according to meteorologists interviewed by The Associated Press.

This marks the 10th time this winter that the polar vortex—a system that normally contains the coldest Arctic air—has stretched southward, said Judah Cohen, seasonal forecast director at Atmospheric and Environmental Research. By contrast, a typical winter sees only two or three such events.

From record snowfall in New Orleans to drought and devastating wildfires in Southern California, this winter has been anything but ordinary.

Bitter Cold to Dominate the Central and Eastern U.S.

The impending Arctic outbreak is expected to first hit the northern Rockies and northern Plains by Saturday, lingering throughout the week. The cold will be most intense east of the Rockies, sparing only the far western U.S. and parts of central and southern Florida.

On Tuesday, temperatures across the Lower 48 states are forecasted to average 16.6 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 8.6 Celsius), dropping further to 14 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 10 Celsius) by Wednesday, according to calculations by private meteorologist Ryan Maue, a former chief scientist at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

By next week, about 89% of the contiguous U.S. will experience freezing temperatures, with 27% of the Lower 48 seeing subzero conditions (minus 18 degrees Celsius), per National Weather Service projections.

Adding to the misery, strong winds will make the cold even more punishing. Every U.S. state—except Hawaii, California, and Florida—will likely experience wind chills of 20 degrees or lower at some point, the National Weather Service predicts.

Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri, and Iowa will bear the brunt of the Arctic chill, with temperatures plummeting as much as 35 degrees Fahrenheit (19 degrees Celsius) below normal, said Zack Taylor, a meteorologist at the Weather Prediction Center. NOAA models forecast subzero lows in Oklahoma, Colorado, Nebraska, Missouri, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Wyoming, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan by Wednesday.

Potential for Storms and Nor’easter

The extended period of extreme cold may also bring storms, including heavy snowfall, flooding, or possibly a nor’easter, though exact details remain uncertain, Taylor noted.

“All the stars align—all the wind directions in the atmosphere are dragging the cold polar air out of the Canadian Arctic,” Maue said. “It’s the depths of winter. Everything signals extreme, biting winter cold. This isn’t the first polar vortex event of the season, but it looks to be the most severe.”

Unusual Polar Vortex Behavior Under Scrutiny

Unlike traditional polar vortex disruptions—where sudden warming weakens the vortex and allows cold air to escape south—this event involves stretching rather than breaking. According to Cohen, the vortex remains strong but elongates and bends, resulting in outbreaks that, while extreme, are generally less severe than full vortex collapses. Stretch events like this tend to impact the U.S. more than Europe.

Meteorologists are analyzing why this type of stretching is occurring so frequently this year. It could simply be a result of natural climate variability, said Laura Ciasto, a NOAA meteorologist specializing in the polar vortex.

“What we’re observing right now is interesting, but not unprecedented,” said Martin Stendel, a scientist at Denmark’s National Center for Climate Research.

A contributing factor is a high-pressure system over Greenland, which is shifting westward and altering the jet stream. This change is creating a pattern that allows Arctic air to surge southward and linger, Cohen explained.

Some scientists, including Stendel, suggest that human-induced climate change may be making the jet stream more erratic, increasing the likelihood of these prolonged, wavy weather patterns.

Cold Winter Amid Global Warming

Despite the frigid conditions in much of the U.S., the planet continues to experience a broader warming trend. January set another global temperature record, marking the 18th time in the past 19 months that the Earth exceeded the internationally recognized warming threshold of 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) above pre-industrial levels.

With an unprecedented number of polar vortex disruptions this winter, meteorologists remain uncertain about when this extreme cold pattern will finally break.

India’s Census Delay Raises Concerns Over Data Accuracy and Social Policy

Staff ReporterIndia 0

India, the world’s most populous country, has not conducted a national census since 2011, breaking a long-standing tradition of tracking demographic changes every ten years. This prolonged delay has left policymakers, social workers, and economists struggling with outdated data, making it difficult to address social and economic challenges effectively.

As Suman Musadkar, a social worker in Mumbai’s Govandi neighborhood, walked through its narrow alleyways, she could only estimate the local population. “The population is around 6,000 people,” she told CBC News, but she lacked precise figures on the number of children or vulnerable individuals needing assistance. Without updated census data, critical social services, such as maternal health and malnutrition interventions, remain inadequate.

Why Has the Census Been Delayed?

India has conducted a census every decade since 1872. However, the COVID-19 pandemic initially forced officials to postpone the 2021 survey. While that delay was understandable, experts are now questioning why the process has still not started four years later.

Pronab Sen, a former chief statistician of India, warned that sample surveys used to estimate economic indicators, inflation, and employment become increasingly unreliable the further removed they are from the last census. “There’s a massive information gap,” he told CBC News, noting that policymakers are working with outdated data as India’s population continues to grow and migrate.

Despite repeated calls to resume the census, India’s Home Affairs Minister Amit Shah said in September that the government would begin the process “very soon,” though no updates have followed.

Political and Economic Implications

The delay has sparked political controversy, with the opposition Congress Party repeatedly pressing Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government for answers. Senior Congress leader Sonia Gandhi argued that 140 million Indians are being denied benefits under the national food security law because outdated population data underestimates the number of eligible recipients.

Adding to the debate, the Congress has demanded that the census include a “caste census,” which would provide updated data on India’s social hierarchy. Caste-based inequality remains a significant issue, with the richest 5% of Indians controlling 60% of the country’s wealth, according to Oxfam International. While India has implemented affirmative action policies to address caste disparities, they have been based only on estimates, as the country has not conducted a caste census since 1931.

Critics suspect the Modi government may be deliberately delaying the census to avoid releasing politically sensitive data. Some analysts argue that if the census had been a priority, it would have been conducted immediately after the pandemic in 2021. Others suggest that the government may be reluctant to enumerate the population sizes of disadvantaged groups, fearing political consequences.

Challenges in Conducting the Census

Organizing India’s census is a mammoth task, requiring an estimated 2.5 million government workers to be temporarily reassigned as census enumerators. The pandemic also triggered mass migration within the country, further complicating data collection. “We don’t know where they’ve gone,” Sen said, explaining that many people moved from cities back to rural areas but were never officially tracked.

Despite growing concerns from economists, social workers, and policymakers, there has been little public pressure from government ministries. “Every ministry that delivers public welfare should be yelling and screaming about the lack of updated statistics,” Sen said. “I don’t even hear that.”

Until a new census is conducted, India’s policymakers will continue to operate with incomplete and outdated data, making it difficult to allocate resources effectively and address the country’s growing economic and social disparities.

Modi and Trump Discuss Trade, Tariffs, and Strategic Partnerships

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and US President Donald Trump convened at the White House to deliberate on trade and other bilateral matters.

During their meeting, Trump disclosed an agreement for India to increase imports of American oil and gas, a move intended to help reduce the trade deficit between the two nations.

This discussion followed Trump’s recent announcement of a new reciprocal tariff policy. The US president remarked that “our allies are worse than our enemies” regarding import duties, emphasizing his administration’s stance on trade imbalances.

The reciprocal tariffs, which will be applicable to all US trading partners, are the latest in a series of trade measures introduced by the Trump administration. However, a definitive implementation date has yet to be established. Trump has previously used tariff threats as a negotiation strategy.

Trade and Tariffs Take Center Stage

Donald Trump has often referred to tariffs as “the most beautiful word in the dictionary,” and today was no exception.

Before sitting down with Modi, Trump spent nearly an hour addressing the media about his “reciprocal tariffs” strategy. Details remain scarce, but the approach seems to involve imposing tariffs on countries based on the trade restrictions they impose on US goods.

The meeting between Modi and Trump largely focused on this issue. “Whatever India charges, we charge them,” Trump told a room packed with reporters awaiting an update on their bilateral discussions.

Apart from tariff talks, the two leaders worked on strengthening trade relations. Modi highlighted India’s interest in securing its energy needs through increased trade in oil and gas with the US. Meanwhile, Trump confirmed that military sales to India would also be expanded.

Concerns Over Immigration Policies

Trump’s return to the White House has rekindled anxiety among Indian professionals working in the US, particularly those on H-1B visas.

During his first term, Trump tightened restrictions on the H-1B visa program, significantly increasing rejection rates from 5-8% under President Obama to 24% in 2018. Although it remains uncertain whether such policies will be reinstated, many Indian workers fear renewed challenges.

While some industry leaders, including Tesla CEO Elon Musk, have expressed support for the H-1B system, Trump’s administration remains divided on immigration policy.

Indians, who account for 72% of all H-1B visas issued, are especially vulnerable. Their concerns extend beyond visa restrictions to potential hostility toward Indian immigrants.

One of the most pressing issues is Trump’s attempt to deny automatic US citizenship to children born to temporary foreign workers. Although blocked by federal courts, the policy could be revived through higher judicial rulings.

A shift in birthright citizenship laws would disproportionately impact the Indian community. With over five million Indians in the US holding non-immigrant visas, many expectant parents are anxiously seeking clarity on their children’s legal status.

From ‘Namaste Trump!’ to ‘Howdy, Modi!’

Trump and Modi have shared a warm diplomatic relationship. In 2020, Modi hosted Trump in India with a grand rally at the world’s largest cricket stadium in Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The event, called “Namaste Trump!,” featured music and dance performances, drawing tens of thousands of attendees.

During his address, Modi lauded Trump’s leadership, stating, “Trump thinks big and the world knows what he has done to realise the American dream.”

This visit followed the “Howdy, Modi!” event in 2019, where Modi and Trump addressed 50,000 members of the Indian diaspora at a Houston football stadium. The two leaders exchanged smiles and hugs while making strong proclamations about their growing partnership.

However, analysts suggest that these events, while grand spectacles, are also strategic diplomatic moves aimed at solidifying ties between the two nations.

Shifts Since the ‘Howdy, Modi!’ Event

Much has changed since Modi’s 2019 visit to Houston, where he and Trump were the center of a large-scale community event.

At the time, Trump described the gathering as a “profoundly historic event,” possibly the largest reception of a foreign leader in US history. For Modi, the event was a platform to showcase India’s growing global influence and his popularity among the Indian diaspora.

Five years later, their relationship remains strong, but the US-India dynamic has grown more complex.

Modi, though still a popular leader, has faced political challenges at home, failing to secure an outright majority in last year’s elections. India’s economy has slowed, prompting foreign investors to withdraw capital.

Tensions over trade and H-1B visa policies persist, and diplomatic relations were tested last year after an alleged plot by an Indian agent to assassinate a Sikh separatist in the US.

However, India’s role as a strategic counterbalance to China remains a crucial element of US foreign policy.

Modi’s Agenda in Washington

Modi’s visit comes at a delicate moment, as his “Make in India” initiative faces challenges from Trump’s “America First” policy.

Unlike their 2017 meeting in Washington, which was marked by camaraderie, this visit is overshadowed by global trade disputes and Trump’s emphasis on tariffs. The White House has already announced plans for new reciprocal tariffs on Indian imports.

Modi’s primary goal is to mitigate the impact of these tariffs while ensuring that India remains an indispensable US ally.

He stated that he is open to lowering tariffs on American goods, repatriating undocumented Indian nationals, and increasing US imports of American oil to help balance trade.

Beyond trade, Modi aims to enhance cooperation in technology, defense, and energy, emphasizing common strategic interests.

Politically, he is using the visit to reaffirm India’s status as a key US partner in the Indo-Pacific, particularly in countering China’s growing influence.

While Trump’s voter base views India as an economic competitor, the personal rapport between the two leaders may help ease tensions.

The Strategic Importance of US-India Relations

Modi is among the first foreign leaders to visit Trump in his second presidential term, underscoring the significance of US-India relations.

Both nations share deep concerns over China’s ambitions and are part of the Quad alliance, aimed at countering Beijing’s influence in the Asia-Pacific.

Trade ties between the two countries are also substantial. The US is India’s second-largest trading partner, while India serves as a major market for American multinational corporations.

In recent years, companies like Taiwan’s Foxconn—an Apple supplier—have been shifting production to India as part of a broader move away from reliance on China.

The two countries also maintain strong people-to-people ties, driven by the large Indian diaspora in the US. However, illegal migration from India has become a growing concern for Washington.

Earlier this month, a US military aircraft deported a group of shackled Indian migrants back to India. Their treatment sparked outrage among India’s opposition leaders, adding another layer of diplomatic tension to an already complex relationship.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Sworn in as Trump’s Health Secretary Amid Vaccine Skepticism

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. officially took office as Secretary of the Health and Human Services (HHS) Department on Thursday after a narrow Senate confirmation vote, placing him in charge of a $1.7 trillion budget that oversees vaccine policies, food safety regulations, and health insurance programs that impact nearly half of the U.S. population.

The Senate voted 52-48 in favor of Kennedy, with nearly all Republicans backing former President Donald Trump’s nominee despite reservations about his controversial views on vaccines. Every Democrat opposed his confirmation.

The only Republican to break ranks was Kentucky Sen. Mitch McConnell, who had polio as a child. His opposition mirrored his stance against Trump’s previous nominees for Secretary of Defense and Director of National Intelligence.

“I’m a survivor of childhood polio. In my lifetime, I’ve watched vaccines save millions of lives from devastating diseases across America and around the world,” McConnell stated. “I will not condone the re-litigation of proven cures, and neither will millions of Americans who credit their survival and quality of life to scientific miracles.”

Shortly after taking office, Kennedy appeared on Fox News with Laura Ingraham and announced his intention to establish a more rigorous system to monitor vaccine side effects.

Republicans have largely embraced Kennedy’s approach to public health, particularly his focus on tackling chronic illnesses like obesity.

“We’ve got to get into the business of making America healthy again,” said Sen. Mike Crapo, R-Idaho, who believes Kennedy will introduce a “fresh perspective” to the role.

During his swearing-in ceremony at the Oval Office, Kennedy was accompanied by his wife, other family members, and several members of Congress. Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch administered the oath. Reflecting on his connection to the White House, Kennedy recalled visiting as a child in 1961, when his uncle, President John F. Kennedy, was in office.

Trump announced that Kennedy would lead a new commission to study chronic diseases, an initiative Kennedy praised. He described Trump as a “pivotal historical figure” and expressed gratitude for his role in his life and career.

Kennedy, 71, has long been in the public eye due to his family legacy and personal tragedies. Over the years, he has cultivated a dedicated following through his outspoken views on food safety, chemicals, and vaccines—stances that have at times veered into extreme territory.

His influence grew significantly during the COVID-19 pandemic when he devoted much of his efforts to a nonprofit organization that filed lawsuits against vaccine manufacturers. He also leveraged social media to foster skepticism about vaccines and the government agencies responsible for promoting them.

Despite his history of questioning vaccine safety, Kennedy, with Trump’s endorsement, argued that he was in a unique position to restore trust in public health institutions like the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and the National Institutes of Health (NIH).

Sen. Thom Tillis, R-N.C., voiced optimism about Kennedy’s potential to reshape the health care system, saying he hoped Kennedy “goes wild” in curbing medical costs and improving overall public health.

However, before offering his support, Sen. Bill Cassidy, R-La., a physician and chairman of the Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee, sought assurances from Kennedy that he would not alter existing vaccine recommendations.

During his confirmation hearings, Senate Democrats repeatedly challenged Kennedy to disavow the long-debunked claim that vaccines cause autism. Some legislators also raised concerns about whether Kennedy could personally profit from altering vaccine policies or weakening legal protections for pharmaceutical companies that manufacture vaccines.

Financial disclosures revealed that Kennedy earned more than $850,000 last year through a referral arrangement with a law firm that has sued the manufacturers of Gardasil, a human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine that helps prevent cervical cancer. To address potential conflicts of interest, Kennedy pledged that if confirmed, he would redirect the earnings from this arrangement to his son.

Kennedy assumes leadership of HHS amid a sweeping federal restructuring led by billionaire Elon Musk. This overhaul has resulted in the suspension—at least temporarily—of billions of dollars in public health funding, leaving thousands of federal employees uncertain about their job security.

On Friday, the NIH announced that it would limit billions of dollars allocated to medical research, particularly in areas such as cancer and Alzheimer’s treatment.

Kennedy has also called for a major shake-up within the NIH, FDA, and CDC. Last year, he vowed to terminate 600 employees at the NIH, which serves as the nation’s largest financial supporter of biomedical research.

In his Fox News interview, Kennedy reiterated his plans to overhaul staffing at HHS and its affiliated agencies, targeting officials responsible for what he views as poor decisions regarding nutrition guidelines and Alzheimer’s treatments.

“I have a list in my head,” Kennedy said, referring to potential dismissals within the agency.

Trump Faces Challenges in Delivering Economic Promises Amid Inflation Concerns

Staff ReporterMoney 0

During his 2024 presidential campaign, Donald Trump made bold economic promises aimed at addressing what was one of the top concerns for voters. “Starting on Day 1, we will end inflation and make America affordable again,” he declared at an August campaign event.

Trump’s sweeping economic pledges were widely seen as a significant factor in his electoral success. However, since taking office, he has shifted his stance on how quickly his plans will yield results.

For instance, as CNBC reported, inflation remains a pressing issue:

The consumer price index, which tracks the cost of goods and services across the U.S. economy, rose by a seasonally adjusted 0.5% in the past month, bringing the annual inflation rate to 3%, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. These figures surpassed Dow Jones estimates, which had projected monthly inflation at 0.3% and an annual rate of 2.9%. Additionally, the annual rate showed a 0.1 percentage point increase from December.

Following the release of this report, Trump was quick to blame his predecessor. “BIDEN INFLATION UP!” he posted on Truth Social.

While various factors contribute to rising prices, experts argue that inflation cannot be attributed solely to either Trump or former President Joe Biden. However, analysts have suggested that Trump’s proposed economic policies—such as tax cuts and tariffs—could potentially worsen inflation.

Trump began tempering expectations regarding his campaign trail promises soon after securing victory. In a late November interview with Time magazine, he acknowledged the difficulty of reducing costs. “I would like to bring down the price of groceries,” he stated. “But it’s hard to bring things down once they’re up. You know, it’s very hard. But I think that they will.”

Since returning to office, Trump’s administration has also sought to adjust public expectations. Vice President JD Vance remarked in an interview with CBS News last month that addressing grocery prices would require patience. “It’s going to take a little bit of time,” he said.

“Rome wasn’t built in a day,” Vance added.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt also echoed this sentiment, telling reporters last week that the president is “doing everything he can” to lower high consumer prices in the U.S. However, when asked for a specific timeline and whether Americans would be willing to wait for the administration’s measures to take effect, she admitted, “I don’t have a timeline.”

UAE Introduces Blue Visa to Recognize Environmental Leaders with 10-Year Residency

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has rolled out the first phase of its Blue Visa, a long-term residency initiative aimed at honoring individuals who have made outstanding contributions to environmental protection and sustainability.

This newly introduced 10-year visa underscores the country’s commitment to sustainability efforts, providing exclusive advantages to global environmental leaders.

Understanding the Blue Visa

The UAE Blue Visa is a 10-year residency permit granted to individuals who have shown exceptional dedication to environmental conservation. This initiative is designed to acknowledge and support thought leaders, innovators, and advocates working towards global sustainability, both within the UAE and internationally.

This visa was officially unveiled at the World Governments Summit 2025 and serves as an extension of the UAE’s existing Golden and Green Visas, which are targeted at investors, entrepreneurs, and skilled professionals. The introduction of the Blue Visa aligns with the nation’s broader sustainability goals, which have been a primary focus throughout 2024.

Eligibility for the Blue Visa

The UAE’s Blue Visa is available to a diverse group of individuals who have actively contributed to environmental preservation. Those eligible for this residency program include:

  • Members of international organizations
  • Representatives of global companies
  • Individuals affiliated with environmental associations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs)
  • Recipients of international awards in environmental fields
  • Notable activists and researchers focused on environmental work
  • UAE citizens and residents advocating for environmental protection

By adopting an inclusive approach, the UAE ensures that individuals from various backgrounds and expertise levels are recognized for their contributions to sustainability.

Advantages of the UAE Blue Visa

In addition to offering long-term residency, the Blue Visa provides a host of benefits aimed at fostering environmental progress:

  • A 10-year residency permit in the UAE
  • Opportunities to collaborate on sustainability-driven projects
  • Access to financial resources and environmental funding
  • Recognition for contributions to environmental conservation
  • Potential nominations for additional grants and awards

These incentives are intended to empower visa holders to further their environmental efforts and enhance their global impact.

Application Process for the UAE Blue Visa

Individuals interested in applying for the Blue Visa can do so through the Federal Authority for Identity, Citizenship, Customs, and Port Security (ICP). The application process includes two primary routes:

  1. Direct Application: Individuals may submit their applications through the ICP’s official website or mobile application.
  2. Nomination Process: Government agencies focused on sustainability can nominate individuals based on their environmental contributions.

The initial phase of this program involves electronic approvals, with applications being assessed in accordance with ICP-approved procedures.

UAE’s Broader Long-Term Residency Initiatives

Over recent years, the UAE has launched several long-term residency programs to attract skilled professionals and investors. These include:

  • Golden Visa (10 years): Offered to investors, entrepreneurs, scientists, outstanding students, and humanitarian pioneers.
  • Green Visa (5 years): Designed for skilled professionals, freelancers, investors, and entrepreneurs.

With the introduction of the Blue Visa, the UAE expands its long-term residency programs to specifically recognize individuals committed to environmental change.

Conclusion

The UAE’s Blue Visa marks a significant step toward fostering global environmental cooperation by honoring individuals dedicated to sustainability. By offering a long-term residency along with numerous benefits, the UAE aims to attract the most talented minds in climate action and conservation.

For eligible individuals, this visa presents a unique opportunity to participate in meaningful environmental projects while enjoying long-term residency in one of the world’s most dynamic nations.

Examining the Role of Christian Evangelism in India’s Social Transformation and Comparative Analysis of Religions

Staff ReporterReligion 0

The question of whether Christian evangelism is contributing positively to India’s social fabric has sparked considerable debate. Proponents argue that the acceptance of Christ among many Indians has led to the eradication of certain social ills, fostering progress and modernization. They point to the fact that many Christian-majority countries are often seen as more modern, educated, and inclusive compared to others. These nations are known for welcoming diverse religions and cultures, which some attribute to the influence of Christian values. However, it is important to note that while conservative factions exist within Christianity, as they do in every religion, they are not representative of the entire community.

One argument in favor of Christian evangelism’s positive impact is the emphasis on education and social development. Christians in India are often regarded as one of the most educated and prosperous religious groups. This is attributed to their focus on education and access to basic facilities rather than being preoccupied with religious dogma. As one observer noted, “Christians don’t give a damn about religious shits. They focus on education and basic facilities.” This pragmatic approach has arguably contributed to their socio-economic advancement.

Comparisons are often drawn between Christianity and other religions, particularly Islam, which some describe as the most radical religion. Critics highlight the challenges faced by minorities in many Muslim-majority countries, pointing out that out of 56 Muslim nations, few can match India in terms of citizen security, minority rights, and human development indices. Pakistan, for instance, is often cited as a country where minorities face significant persecution, despite being a nuclear-armed state. While there are exceptions like Indonesia and Saudi Arabia, where conditions for minorities are relatively better, the overall perception remains that Muslim-majority nations lag behind in these areas.

On the other hand, Christianity is often associated with peace and tolerance. It is rare to hear of Christians being involved in international or national bomb blasts. As one commentator noted, “I don’t think that you have heard any Christian name in any international bomb blasts or in national also. Maybe 2 or 3 but not more.” This perception has bolstered the image of Christianity as a religion that promotes harmony and non-violence.

However, it is crucial to acknowledge that no religious group is without its flaws. Instances of misconduct by Christian missionaries have been reported, but these are often seen as exceptions rather than the rule. As the same observer remarked, “Yes, I have heard some bad news about Christian missionaries, but bad people are in every group.” This sentiment underscores the idea that negative actions by a few should not overshadow the broader contributions of a community.

Interestingly, the cultural exchange between Christians and Hindus has also been a point of fascination. Many Christians from Europe have shown a deep interest in Hindu temples and Indian culture, often displaying more enthusiasm than some Hindus themselves. This cultural curiosity has been described as follows: “I have seen that many Christians from Europe come to Hindu temples and take interest more than Hindus. They are actually crazy about our culture.” This mutual appreciation highlights the potential for interfaith harmony and collaboration.

In conclusion, the role of Christian evangelism in India’s social transformation is a complex and multifaceted issue. While there are arguments that it has contributed positively by promoting education, eradicating social ills, and fostering a culture of tolerance, it is essential to recognize that no religion is monolithic. Each has its strengths and weaknesses, and the actions of a few should not define the entire community. As India continues to evolve, the interplay between different religions and their impact on society will remain a topic of significant interest and debate.

PM Modi and Google CEO Sundar Pichai Discuss AI’s Role in India’s Digital Transformation at Paris Summit

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Prime Minister Narendra Modi met with Google CEO Sundar Pichai during the AI Action Summit in Paris, where they discussed the immense potential of artificial intelligence (AI) in India. The meeting, held on the sidelines of the event, focused on AI’s transformative impact and how Google can collaborate with India in its digital journey.

The Indian-origin CEO of Alphabet Inc. emphasized the importance of this partnership, highlighting the role Google could play in accelerating India’s technological advancement.

On Tuesday, February 11, 2025, Prime Minister Modi co-chaired the Artificial Intelligence Action Summit alongside French President Emmanuel Macron in Paris.

Reflecting on the historical impact of technology, PM Modi stated at the summit that advancements in AI will not result in job losses but rather create new opportunities.

Following the meeting, Pichai took to social media to share his enthusiasm, posting on X: “Delighted to meet with PM @narendramodi today while in Paris for the AI Action Summit. We discussed the incredible opportunities AI will bring to India and ways we can work closely together on India’s digital transformation.” His post was accompanied by pictures from their discussion.

This meeting marked the latest interaction between PM Modi and Pichai, following their previous engagement in September 2024 in New York. That meeting took place during the Prime Minister’s visit to the United States for the Quad Leaders’ Summit, which was hosted by President Joe Biden in Wilmington, Delaware.

At Tuesday’s AI Action Summit, Modi and Macron led the plenary session of the major global event, emphasizing the need for international cooperation in AI governance.

Reiterating his excitement, Pichai’s post on X read: “Delighted to meet with PM @narendramodi today while in Paris for the AI Action Summit. We discussed the incredible opportunities AI will bring to India and ways we can work closely together on India’s digital transformation.”

During his address at the summit, PM Modi strongly advocated for a collective effort to develop a global AI framework that is open-source, trustworthy, and transparent. He emphasized that AI technology must remain free from biases and must be designed to enhance reliability.

Furthermore, the Prime Minister stressed the importance of embedding AI in the local ecosystem, ensuring that it remains practical and beneficial to society. He underlined that artificial intelligence is not just influencing technology but is significantly shaping political, economic, security, and social spheres worldwide.

“AI is writing the code for humanity in this century,” Modi stated, underscoring the transformative nature of artificial intelligence.

As the world stands at the threshold of an AI-driven era, the Prime Minister acknowledged its potential to redefine the future. “We are at the dawn of the AI age that will shape the course of humanity,” he said.

Trump Proposes Reciprocal Tariffs to Match Foreign Tax Rates, Sparking Trade Concerns

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

President Donald Trump announced on Thursday a plan to raise U.S. tariffs to align with the tax rates imposed by other countries on imports. This move could lead to broader economic tensions with both allies and competitors as Trump aims to eliminate trade imbalances.

“I’ve decided for purposes of fairness that I will charge a reciprocal tariff,” Trump declared during a proclamation signing in the Oval Office. “It’s fair to all. No other country can complain.”

Trump’s Republican administration has argued that these new tariffs would create a level playing field for U.S. and foreign manufacturers. However, current laws suggest that the additional taxes would ultimately be borne by American consumers and businesses, either directly or through increased prices. The exact tariff rates are expected to be determined in the coming weeks, potentially allowing room for negotiations or prolonging economic uncertainty.

The political risks associated with tariffs could prove detrimental to Trump if they contribute to inflation and slow economic growth. This move represents a high-stakes gamble for a president eager to assert control over the U.S. economy. The tariff increases will be tailored to individual countries, partly to initiate new trade talks. However, these nations may retaliate with tariffs on American goods, adding to economic instability. To mitigate the fallout, Trump may need to reassure consumers and businesses about the potential benefits of his policy.

While the United States generally maintains low average tariffs, Trump’s proclamation appears to focus more on increasing import taxes than ensuring fairness, according to Scott Lincicome, a trade expert at the libertarian think tank Cato Institute.

“It will inevitably mean higher tariffs, and thus higher taxes for American consumers and manufacturers,” Lincicome stated, adding that Trump’s trade strategy “reflects a fundamental misunderstanding of how the global economy works.”

Trump’s plan considers value-added taxes—common in the European Union and similar to sales taxes—as trade barriers that should be accounted for in reciprocal tariff calculations. The administration will also examine foreign tariff rates, industrial subsidies, regulatory constraints, and currency devaluations when determining the new U.S. tariff rates.

A senior White House official, speaking anonymously to reporters, indicated that the anticipated tariff revenues would help offset the projected $1.9 trillion budget deficit. The official also noted that the necessary reviews could be completed in weeks or months.

The proposed increases in taxes on imports and exports could be significant, especially when compared to the relatively moderate tariffs Trump imposed during his first term. Trade between the U.S. and Europe amounted to approximately $1.3 trillion last year, with the U.S. running a $267 billion trade deficit, according to Census Bureau data.

Trump has recently escalated tensions with multiple trading partners, issuing tariff threats and prompting potential retaliation that could push the economy into a trade war.

He has already imposed a 10% tariff on Chinese imports, citing China’s role in opioid fentanyl production. In addition, he has prepared tariffs on Canada and Mexico, the United States’ largest trading partners, which could take effect in March following a 30-day suspension. On Monday, Trump removed exemptions from the steel and aluminum tariffs introduced in 2018. He has also suggested new tariffs on computer chips and pharmaceutical drugs.

However, Trump acknowledged that these sector-specific tariffs, imposed for national security and other reasons, would be separate from the reciprocal tariff plan, meaning that U.S. trading partners might still face additional barriers.

Regarding the 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum, Trump clarified, “That’s over and above this.” He added that automobiles, semiconductors, and pharmaceuticals would also be subject to tariffs exceeding those set under the reciprocal tariff framework.

Key U.S. trading partners, including the European Union, Canada, and Mexico, are preparing countermeasures to respond to Trump’s policies, potentially harming the U.S. economy. Meanwhile, China has already retaliated by imposing tariffs on American energy, agricultural machinery, and large-engine automobiles. Additionally, Chinese regulators have launched an antitrust investigation into Google.

The White House has defended its tariff strategy, arguing that imposing equal import taxes as other nations would enhance trade fairness while generating revenue for the U.S. government. Additionally, the administration claims that reciprocal tariffs could serve as a bargaining tool in future trade negotiations.

Trump’s approach, however, also relies on the assumption that voters will tolerate a rise in inflation. Inflation spikes in 2021 and 2022 severely weakened the approval ratings of then-President Joe Biden, as the rising cost of living frustrated voters. This discontent ultimately contributed to Trump’s return to the White House, as many voters believed he could better manage economic challenges.

Since Trump’s election in November, inflation has continued to rise, with the latest government report showing that the consumer price index is increasing at an annual rate of 3%.

The Trump administration has dismissed criticisms of its tariff strategy, even while acknowledging the likelihood of some economic pain. Officials argue that the benefits of extending and expanding Trump’s 2017 tax cuts, coupled with regulatory rollbacks and cost-cutting measures under billionaire adviser Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency initiative, would outweigh any short-term economic hardship.

However, the effectiveness of this approach may depend on the sequencing of Trump’s policies. A prolonged trade conflict could deter investment and hiring, exacerbating inflationary pressures.

A Wells Fargo report released Thursday suggested that Trump’s tariffs would likely hinder economic growth in the near term. However, the report also indicated that an extension of Trump’s tax cuts could stimulate growth in 2026, offering a potential long-term benefit.

Trump has downplayed concerns about inflation, insisting that his policies would have only a minor impact on prices. When asked whether he would direct agencies to analyze the potential effects of his tariffs on consumer prices, the president declined.

“There’s nothing to study,” Trump said. “It’s going to go well.”

Modi’s U.S. Visit to Test His Relationship with Trump Amid Tariff Concerns

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s established camaraderie with President Donald Trump faces a significant test as he begins his visit to Washington on Wednesday. Modi is keen to ensure India avoids tariffs that have been imposed on other nations and to mitigate the risk of additional taxes on Indian imports.

India, recognized as a crucial strategic ally of the United States, has not yet been subjected to any new tariffs. The two leaders have nurtured a personal bond, with Modi—often criticized for India’s democratic decline—welcoming Trump’s return to the White House. Modi aims to recalibrate India’s relationship with the West, especially in light of his refusal to denounce Russia for its invasion of Ukraine.

Despite this relationship, Trump has frequently labeled India as a “tariff king” and pushed for the South Asian nation to facilitate the deportation of migrants. In response, India has shown openness to lowering tariffs on American goods, accepting the return of Indian citizens, and increasing its purchase of U.S. oil.

However, with tariff threats still looming, the crucial question remains: How much does personal rapport between the two leaders matter, and how far is India willing to go to reach a trade agreement?

Scrutiny on Body Language

During Trump’s first term, Modi built a strong working relationship with the U.S. president. The two leaders can capitalize on areas of alignment and “minimize areas of friction without conceding on core areas of national interest,” stated Meera Shankar, India’s former ambassador to the U.S.

“Most other partners have their reciprocal lists ready from the word go, because it’s a point of leverage when you negotiate,” Shankar explained, expressing optimism that India “will find the right balance between firmness and flexibility” when dealing with tariffs.

Modi, strengthened by his Hindu nationalist party’s victory in last weekend’s crucial state legislature election in India’s federal territory, including New Delhi, described the visit as an “opportunity to build upon” past collaboration and “deepen our partnership” in sectors such as technology, trade, defense, and energy.

Trump’s Expectations

During a conversation with Modi in January, Trump underscored the need for India to increase purchases of U.S.-made military equipment and weapons, as well as reduce the trade deficit. In 2023, the United States imported $50 billion more in goods from India than it exported.

According to a White House readout at the time, Trump “emphasized the importance of India increasing its procurement of American-made security equipment and moving toward a fair bilateral trading relationship.”

Earlier this month, India complied with a U.S. request to accept the return of 104 migrants on a military plane, marking the first such repatriation flight under a crackdown ordered by the Trump administration.

Additionally, Modi’s government has lowered certain high tariffs, including reducing duties on some Harley-Davidson motorcycles from 50% to 40%. In 2023, India also lifted retaliatory tariffs on American almonds, apples, chickpeas, lentils, and walnuts.

“Another thing we can expect is that Modi would offer to purchase more American (natural) gas to narrow the U.S. trade deficit,” said Lisa Curtis, director of the Indo-Pacific security program at the Washington-based Center for a New American Security. “This will help a little bit.”

Concerns Regarding China

India plays a pivotal role in the U.S. strategy to counterbalance China in the Indo-Pacific region. Later this year, it is set to host a summit of the Quad alliance, which includes the U.S., India, Japan, and Australia.

However, India might have to reassess its position if Trump’s administration pursues a diplomatic thaw with China.

“Trump’s outreach to China will complicate India’s ability to cultivate the American desire to use India as a proxy against China without actually ever becoming one,” noted Happymon Jacob, founder of the New Delhi-based Council for Strategic and Defense Research.

India recently took steps to improve ties with China. In December, both countries agreed to work toward resolving their longstanding border dispute in the Himalayas, which had led to a deadly military clash in 2020.

“Even a tactical accommodation between the U.S. and China has implications for India,” Shankar remarked.

Potential Defense Agreements

The United States remains India’s largest trading partner, with a trade imbalance of $50 billion in favor of India. The total Indo-U.S. trade in goods and services reached approximately $190.1 billion in 2023. According to India’s External Affairs Ministry, U.S. exports to India were valued at nearly $70 billion, while Indian exports to the U.S. stood at $120 billion.

India remains heavily reliant on Russia for military supplies, with about 60% of its defense equipment sourced from Moscow. However, uncertainties surrounding the Ukraine war have pushed New Delhi to explore alternative suppliers, including the U.S., Israel, and Britain.

A recent deal will enable U.S.-based General Electric to collaborate with Hindustan Aeronautics in manufacturing jet engines for Indian fighter aircraft. Additionally, India has agreed to purchase U.S.-made MQ-9B SeaGuardian armed drones.

Since 2008, India has signed contracts for over $20 billion worth of American defense equipment.

“For India, that could also be an area where we see some synergies with the U.S.,” Shankar stated, adding that Trump is expected to encourage further defense procurements by India.

Raja Mohan, an analyst at the Institute of South Asian Studies in Singapore, views Modi’s visit as a crucial moment to advance Indo-U.S. ties.

“India’s diplomatic skills will be tested, so the general goodwill that exists between Trump and Modi should be translated into concrete outcomes,” Mohan emphasized.

Senate Confirms Tulsi Gabbard as Director of National Intelligence in Partisan Vote

Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Senate confirmed Tulsi Gabbard as the director of national intelligence in a largely party-line vote on Wednesday, overcoming strong objections from Democrats and initial concerns from Republicans regarding her qualifications and past statements. The 52-48 vote concluded two months of deliberations on whether the former Hawaii congresswoman was suited to lead the nation’s 18 intelligence agencies and brief President Trump daily on security matters.

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was the sole Republican to vote against Gabbard’s confirmation. Some Republican senators had initially questioned her stance on intelligence-gathering practices, particularly her past opposition to Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). While serving in the House, Gabbard had pushed for repealing the law, which grants broad surveillance authority. Additionally, concerns arose over her past remarks about Syrian leader Bashar Assad and Russian President Vladimir Putin.

During confirmation hearings, both Democratic and Republican senators pressed Gabbard on whether she viewed former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden as a traitor. Snowden had stolen 1.5 million classified documents, an act that frustrated many lawmakers. Despite repeated questioning, Gabbard declined to label him a traitor, which further frustrated Republicans.

Republican senators also noted that Gabbard struggled to articulate clear answers in private meetings. Senator Susan Collins was among those initially doubtful, questioning whether Gabbard had genuinely embraced the surveillance powers under Section 702, which provides roughly 60% of the intelligence included in the president’s daily brief.

However, Republicans eventually united behind Gabbard after Vice President J.D. Vance played a key role in swaying support. Vance worked closely with Senator Todd Young, a former Marine intelligence officer, to ease GOP concerns. Additionally, Senate Intelligence Committee Chair Tom Cotton remained a steadfast supporter of Gabbard’s nomination, strengthening Republican backing.

Supporters of Gabbard argue that she represents the kind of “disruptor” Trump seeks in leadership roles. They compare her to Pete Hegseth, the recently confirmed Pentagon chief, and claim that she will overhaul the intelligence community, which they believe has been “weaponized” against Trump. Many Trump allies continue to cite a controversial 2020 letter signed by 51 former intelligence officials, which suggested that reports about Hunter Biden’s laptop could be a “Russian influence operation.”

Vance was instrumental in ensuring Young’s support, holding multiple discussions with him between Gabbard’s turbulent confirmation hearing and the committee vote. The Senate Intelligence Committee ultimately advanced her nomination with full Republican support, leading to a procedural vote on Monday where all Republicans present voted in favor of moving toward final confirmation.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune praised Gabbard as a “patriot, motivated by service,” highlighting her extensive background. “Tulsi Gabbard has worn the uniform of our country for the last 22 years, leading American soldiers in some of the most dangerous parts of the world,” Thune stated. He also emphasized her eight years in Congress, where she served on the House Homeland Security, Foreign Affairs, and Armed Services committees.

Democrats, however, strongly opposed her appointment, arguing that she lacked the necessary experience and had displayed poor judgment on critical intelligence matters. They pointed to her skepticism of U.S. intelligence findings on Assad’s use of chemical weapons and her alignment with Putin’s reasoning for invading Ukraine.

“By any objective measure and by every objective measure as well, she is not qualified,” said Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer. “From the moment she was nominated, both Democrats and Republicans were puzzled by the choice.”

Schumer criticized Trump’s selection, stating, “Of all people Donald Trump could have picked to oversee national intelligence, he picked someone known for repeating Russian propaganda and getting duped by conspiracy theories.” He went on to claim that if the vote had been conducted by secret ballot, Gabbard would have received no more than 10 votes.

Senator Mark Warner, the vice chair of the Intelligence Committee, was also outspoken in his opposition. He argued that Gabbard had “demonstrated she’s not up to the task” of representing the intelligence community, citing her defense of Assad’s claim that he had not used chemical weapons, despite U.S. intelligence reports stating otherwise.

Warner further contended that Gabbard had “knowingly met with the Syrian cleric who threatened to conduct serial bomb attacks against the United States” and had unfairly blamed the U.S. and NATO for Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. He pointed to her past assertions that the Biden administration had failed to acknowledge Putin’s concerns about Ukraine joining NATO.

Republican senators faced considerable pressure to support Trump’s controversial nominees, including Gabbard, Hegseth, and Robert F. Kennedy Jr., whose confirmation vote for Secretary of Health and Human Services is set for later this week.

Senator Sheldon Whitehouse was among the most vocal critics of Gabbard’s appointment, characterizing it as “part of a pattern of unilateral disarmament by the Trump administration against Russia.”

Citing a Washington Post article from November, Whitehouse noted that “Gabbard’s appointment as head of national intelligence elicited the most excitement in Russia because she has long been regarded as a darling of the propagandist Russian R.T. network.”

“Russian TV has called Ms. Gabbard ‘our friend Tulsi,’” Whitehouse said. “[A] Russian newspaper published an op-ed, and it was titled, ‘The CIA and FBI are trembling [that] Trump protégé Tulsi Gabbard will support Russia.’”

Despite these objections, Gabbard’s confirmation received strong backing from Republican leadership. Tom Cotton, a key figure on national security within the GOP, defended her against accusations of disloyalty.

“Let me remind everyone that Ms. Gabbard has served in our Army for more than two decades, she has multiple combat tours, and she still wears the uniform today,” Cotton stated. “She has undergone five FBI background checks.”

One of the primary hurdles Gabbard faced during her confirmation was her prior advocacy for repealing Section 702 of FISA. In the past, she criticized the law as an “overreach” that infringed on civil liberties. However, in private meetings with Republican senators, she clarified that her stance had evolved due to recent reforms to the program.

Senator James Lankford, a member of the Intelligence Committee, revealed that he decided to back Gabbard after she reassured him that she now supported Section 702, describing it as a “vital” tool for national security.

Lankford noted in an interview with NBC’s “Meet the Press” that Gabbard had convinced him she would uphold the surveillance authority, which played a crucial role in securing Republican votes for her confirmation.

Ultimately, Gabbard’s path to confirmation reflected the deep divisions in the Senate, with Republicans rallying behind Trump’s pick despite lingering concerns, while Democrats staunchly opposed her, citing her past positions and perceived sympathies toward Russia and Assad.

Indian Students in the US Fear Tightening of OPT Program Amid Political Scrutiny

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Indian students and professionals in the United States are growing increasingly concerned about the potential tightening of the Optional Practical Training (OPT) program, which serves as a crucial avenue for gaining work experience and transitioning to H-1B visas. Ongoing political debates have led to criticisms that the program is unfair to American workers, leaving thousands of Indian students uncertain about their career prospects.

The Optional Practical Training (OPT) and Curricular Practical Training (CPT) programs have long played an essential role for international students on F-1 visas, providing opportunities for work experience. During the 2022-2023 academic year, around 69,000 Indian students participated in the OPT program. However, recent policy discussions and the legacy of former President Donald Trump’s stricter immigration stance have put the future of these programs at risk.

Understanding OPT and CPT

OPT permits students to work in the U.S. either before or after graduation, granting 12 months of work authorization. Those in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) fields can apply for a 24-month extension, bringing their total work authorization period to 36 months.

CPT, on the other hand, is tailored for work experiences that are directly tied to a student’s coursework. It allows part-time or full-time employment but comes with a critical restriction—students who complete more than 12 months of full-time CPT become ineligible for OPT.

Both programs require formal approval. While universities oversee the initial process through their Designated School Officials (DSOs), OPT participants must also secure authorization from U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).

Increased Scrutiny on OPT and CPT

During a U.S. House Judiciary Committee hearing on January 22, 2025, Jessica M. Vaughan, Director of Policy Studies at the Center for Immigration Studies, criticized both OPT and CPT, claiming they lack congressional authorization and are exploited by diploma mills that issue fraudulent work permits. “They should be eliminated or much more closely regulated,” Vaughan stated, emphasizing that these programs have contributed to the growth of the largest guest worker population in the U.S., with approximately 540,000 former students working under minimal oversight.

Concerns over the impact on American workers have also driven legal challenges. In 2022, the Washington Alliance of Technology Workers (WashTech) filed a lawsuit arguing that OPT enables employers to sidestep the H-1B visa cap, ultimately disadvantaging U.S. workers.

Adding to the scrutiny, instances of fraud and security risks have heightened calls for reform. In 2016, U.S. authorities created the fictitious University of Northern New Jersey to expose fraudulent CPT users. Jon Feere, former chief of staff at U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), has since highlighted multiple concerns regarding the program’s oversight.

The Issue of No Cap on OPT

The sheer scale of participation in these programs is noteworthy. In the fiscal year 2023, 539,382 foreign students were employed under OPT, STEM OPT, and CPT combined. Unlike the H-1B visa program, which is subject to an annual cap, these programs have no numerical limitations. The breakdown includes 276,452 students under OPT, 122,101 under STEM OPT, and 140,829 under CPT.

Proposed policy changes aim to introduce stricter regulations. Vaughan has suggested implementing stronger oversight on educational institutions that issue visa paperwork, advocating for the revocation of certifications for schools with high student overstay rates. Feere has proposed limiting OPT to fields where practical training is essential for all students, not just international ones, ensuring that the program maintains its educational purpose rather than turning into a source of inexpensive labor.

Pushback from Universities and Tech Industry

Universities have resisted these potential restrictions, arguing that OPT is crucial for attracting international students, who collectively contribute billions of dollars to the U.S. economy. Institutions such as the University of California, Berkeley, actively support OPT as a valuable tool for students to gain real-world experience, enhancing their professional development.

Additionally, leading technology companies—including Google, Microsoft, and Amazon—rely heavily on the OPT program to recruit international talent for roles in software engineering, data science, and product management. These companies value the diverse skill sets and perspectives that international students bring to the workforce, further reinforcing the argument for maintaining the program.

With the future of OPT and CPT under increasing political scrutiny, Indian students in the U.S. are left in a state of uncertainty, hoping that policy decisions will continue to support their career aspirations while addressing broader economic and workforce concerns.

Pope Francis Condemns U.S. Deportation Plans, Warns of Consequences

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Pope Francis issued a strong criticism on Tuesday regarding the Trump administration’s mass deportation plans, cautioning that expelling individuals solely based on their illegal status strips them of their dignity and will have dire consequences.

In an unprecedented move, Francis directly addressed the U.S. crackdown on migrants through a letter to American bishops, appearing to challenge Vice President JD Vance’s theological defense of the deportation strategy.

U.S. border czar Tom Homan promptly dismissed the pope’s comments, pointing out that the Vatican is a city-state enclosed by walls and arguing that border security should remain under his jurisdiction.

As the first Latin American pontiff, Francis has long prioritized the rights and welfare of migrants, frequently citing biblical teachings that emphasize welcoming strangers. He has called on nations to provide protection, integration, and support to those fleeing violence, poverty, and environmental crises, though he acknowledges that governments must operate within their means.

Tensions between the Argentine Jesuit and President Donald Trump on immigration matters date back to Trump’s first campaign. In 2016, Francis famously declared that anyone who builds walls to keep migrants out was “not a Christian.”

In his letter, Francis acknowledged the right of countries to ensure security and safeguard their communities from criminal threats.

“That said, the act of deporting people who in many cases have left their own land for reasons of extreme poverty, insecurity, exploitation, persecution or serious deterioration of the environment, damages the dignity of many men and women, and of entire families, and places them in a state of particular vulnerability and defenselessness,” he wrote.

Referencing the Book of Exodus and Jesus Christ’s own experiences, Francis defended the right of people to seek safety in other countries. He described the deportation plan as a “major crisis” unfolding in the United States.

He urged Christians to critically assess policies that conflate undocumented status with criminal behavior.

“Anyone schooled in Christianity cannot fail to make a critical judgment and express its disagreement with any measure that tacitly or explicitly identifies the illegal status of some migrants with criminality,” he said.

Francis further warned that policies rooted in force rather than fundamental human dignity are doomed to fail.

“What is built on the basis of force, and not on the truth about the equal dignity of every human being, begins badly and will end badly,” he cautioned.

Archbishop Timothy Broglio, president of the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops, expressed gratitude for the pope’s message in his response.

“With you, we pray that the U.S. government keep its prior commitments to help those in desperate need,” Broglio wrote. “Boldly I ask for your continued prayers so that we may find the courage as a nation to build a more humane system of immigration, one that protects our communities while safeguarding the dignity of all.”

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt reported last week that over 8,000 people had been arrested in immigration raids since Trump’s inauguration on January 20. Some individuals have already been deported, while others remain in federal custody, including at Guantanamo Bay Naval Base in Cuba.

Vance, a Catholic convert, has defended the administration’s hardline immigration approach by invoking the medieval Catholic concept of “ordo amoris,” which describes a hierarchy of love—placing family first, followed by neighbors, local communities, and then the broader world.

Francis appeared to challenge Vance’s interpretation in his letter.

“Christian love is not a concentric expansion of interests that little by little extend to other persons and groups,” he wrote. “The true ordo amoris that must be promoted is that which we discover by meditating constantly on the parable of the ‘Good Samaritan,’ that is, by meditating on the love that builds a fraternity open to all, without exception.”

David Gibson, director of Fordham University’s Center on Religion and Culture, remarked on social media that Francis’ letter directly countered Vance’s theological claims.

“[It] takes aim at every single absurd theological claim by JD Vance and his allies in conservative Catholicism (and the Catholic electorate),” Gibson posted.

Vance’s argument had gained traction among conservative Catholics, including the Catholic League, which backed his interpretation of the hierarchy of Christian love.

In Crisis Magazine, editor Eric Sammons defended Vance’s stance, citing the teachings of St. Augustine and St. Thomas Aquinas.

“For Augustine, every love, even the love of neighbor, must be ordered beneath the love of God,” Sammons wrote. “This hierarchy extends to our human relationships where love for family, community, and nation should precede our love for the world at large, not in intensity but in priority of duty and responsibility.”

Homan, also a Catholic, dismissed the pope’s stance and argued that Francis should focus on Church affairs rather than U.S. border policy.

“He wants to attack us for securing our border. He’s got a wall around the Vatican, does he not?” Homan told reporters in a video posted by The Hill. “So he’s got a wall around that protects his people and himself, but we can’t have a wall around the United States.”

The Vatican, a 44-hectare (108-acre) walled city-state within Rome, has also implemented strict border measures. A law enacted in December imposes prison sentences of up to four years and fines of up to 25,000 euros ($25,873) on those who enter illegally using force, threats, or deception to bypass security.

The U.S. bishops conference had previously criticized Trump’s immigration policies, calling them “deeply troubling” in an unusually strong statement. The bishops warned that measures concerning immigration, foreign aid, capital punishment, and environmental policies would have harmful consequences, especially for vulnerable populations.

This marked a notable rebuke from the Catholic hierarchy in the U.S., which has traditionally prioritized opposition to abortion as a central political concern. Many bishops had previously supported the Supreme Court’s 2022 decision—enabled by Trump-appointed justices—to overturn constitutional protections for abortion.

Despite tensions between the Church and Trump’s policies, Catholic voters helped secure his victory in the 2024 election, giving him 54% of their votes—a notable increase from the 50% he received in 2020 when he ran against President Joe Biden, a fellow Catholic.

Bishop Mark Seitz of El Paso, Texas, who leads the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops’ migration committee, welcomed the pope’s letter as an important source of support in a challenging climate.

“We are dealing with these very threatening circumstances towards immigrants, towards our immigrant brothers and sisters, and also towards those who assist them in any way,” Seitz stated.

Speaking to The Associated Press, Seitz emphasized that while it’s important to acknowledge the concerns of Americans, including Catholic Trump supporters, regarding immigration, Church leaders must continue to uphold its teachings.

“But we have to just steadfastly announce the truth as best we understand it, both in terms of the teaching of the church and the reality on the ground,” he added.

Trump Adviser Criticizes India’s High Tariffs, Suggests Reciprocal Trade Measures

Staff ReporterNews 0

India imposes “enormously high” tariffs that restrict imports, U.S. President Donald Trump’s chief economic adviser Kevin Hassett stated on Monday. He added that Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi would have significant trade discussions with Trump in their upcoming meeting.

During an interview with CNBC, Hassett emphasized that Trump advocates for reciprocal tariffs, ensuring that U.S. duties match those imposed by other nations. “If they go down, we’ll go down,” he remarked, indicating that the U.S. would reduce tariffs if other countries lowered theirs.

Hassett pointed out that most U.S. trade partners maintain tariffs significantly higher than those of the United States. He noted that while Canada, Mexico, and Britain have similar tariff structures, many other countries impose much steeper trade barriers.

Earlier on Monday, Reuters reported that Modi was preparing to introduce further tariff reductions ahead of his two-day visit to Washington, beginning Wednesday.

Meanwhile, Trump plans to announce new 25% tariffs on all steel and aluminum imports into the U.S. on Monday. These will be in addition to the existing duties on metals. Reciprocal tariffs are expected to be announced on Tuesday or Wednesday, with implementation set to follow almost immediately.

Trump has previously criticized India’s trade policies, describing the country as a “very big abuser” in global trade. He has also urged India to increase its purchases of American-made security equipment to establish a more balanced trade relationship.

In response, India is evaluating potential tariff reductions across at least a dozen sectors, including electronics, medical equipment, and chemicals. According to three government officials, these reductions aim to facilitate U.S. exports while aligning with New Delhi’s domestic production strategies.

Trump Reverses Federal Push Against Plastic Straws, Reigniting Environmental Debate

Staff ReporterEnvironment 0

Straws might seem trivial, often sparking humor in discussions about plastic versus paper alternatives, but plastic straws have become emblematic of a global pollution crisis in the past decade.

On Monday, former President Donald Trump reignited the controversy by signing an executive order reversing federal efforts to phase out plastic straws. Defending the use of plastic over paper, Trump asserted that paper straws “don’t work” and lack durability. He further stated, “It’s OK” to continue using plastic straws, despite concerns that they contribute to ocean pollution and endanger marine life.

The debate over plastic straws gained widespread attention in 2015 when a video surfaced of a marine biologist extracting a plastic straw from a turtle’s nose, sparking global outrage. This led to a wave of bans, beginning with Vanuatu, a Pacific Island nation, and Seattle in 2018.

The Fate of Plastic Straws

According to the Turtle Island Restoration Network, over 390 million plastic straws are used daily in the United States, typically for no more than 30 minutes before being discarded. These straws often end up littering beaches and waterways, posing a threat to marine animals that may ingest them, mistaking them for food.

Due to their small size, plastic straws are not recyclable and can take at least 200 years to decompose, according to the advocacy group. As they degrade, they break down into microplastics—fragments tinier than a grain of rice—that have been detected in various human body tissues. Although research remains limited, increasing concerns suggest that microplastics in the body might be linked to heart disease, Alzheimer’s, dementia, and other health issues.

Trump’s executive order argued that paper straws contain chemicals that could pose health risks and are more costly to produce than plastic alternatives. A 2023 study from the University of Antwerp found that “forever chemicals” known as PFAS were present in paper, bamboo, glass, and plastic straws but not in stainless steel ones.

Despite the cost argument, Beyond Plastics, an environmental advocacy group, contends that skipping straws altogether is the most economical and sustainable choice.

Judith Enck, a former Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regional administrator and current president of Beyond Plastics, expressed concern over the executive order. She encouraged individuals and local governments to push back against the decision by actively reducing their use of plastic straws.

“It’s easy to just kind of almost poke fun of this, ignore it,” Enck remarked on Tuesday. “But this is a moment that we as individuals and state and local policymakers can make a statement that they disagree with this executive order and are committed to using less plastic straws. It’s not that hard to do.”

Across the country, several states and cities have already imposed bans on plastic straws, while some restaurants have opted to stop automatically providing them to customers.

Global Efforts Against Plastic Waste

Under President Joe Biden, the administration had committed to eliminating single-use plastics—including plastic straws—from federal food service operations, events, and packaging by 2027, with a complete phase-out from all federal operations by 2035.

This initiative signaled formal acknowledgment from the federal government of the severity of plastic pollution and the level of response necessary to combat the crisis effectively.

Erin Simon, a plastics and packaging expert at the World Wildlife Fund, emphasized the significance of this effort, stating that it sent a global message: “If we can make change happen at scale, so can you.”

The Biden administration’s pledge came in July, just months before international negotiators convened in South Korea to draft a treaty aimed at addressing plastic pollution on a global scale. While the negotiations did not yield a final agreement last year, discussions are set to resume this year.

Initially, the U.S. under Biden took a position that was perceived as industry-friendly, advocating for individual countries to create their own plastic management plans rather than adopting global regulations. China, the U.S., and Germany dominate the global plastics trade, making their stances particularly influential in shaping international policy.

However, ahead of the South Korea talks, the U.S. revised its stance, voicing support for including provisions in the treaty that would regulate plastic production. More than 100 nations back a robust agreement that not only limits plastic production but also promotes cleanup efforts and enhances recycling systems.

With Trump’s return to the political spotlight, U.S. manufacturers have urged him to remain engaged in negotiations while reverting to the previous industry-focused approach, which emphasized redesigning plastic products, expanding recycling efforts, and promoting reuse rather than outright reduction of plastic production.

The Broader Plastic Pollution Crisis

Plastic straws represent only a fraction of the larger environmental issue posed by single-use plastics. Items such as water bottles, takeout containers, coffee lids, and shopping bags contribute significantly to plastic pollution.

The United Nations reports that over 400 million tons of new plastic are produced annually, with approximately 40% used for packaging.

According to Ocean Conservancy, in 2023 alone, volunteers collected over 61,000 plastic straws and stirrers from polluted beaches and waterways across the United States. However, plastic straws were far from the most prevalent waste—cigarette butts, plastic bottles, bottle caps, and food wrappers were collected in even greater numbers.

Most plastics are derived from fossil fuels, and their production remains closely tied to the oil and gas industry. During the United Nations’ COP28 climate talks in 2023, negotiators reached an agreement emphasizing the global need to transition away from fossil fuels and triple renewable energy use.

As global efforts to curtail fossil fuel consumption intensify, oil and gas companies have increasingly looked to the plastics sector as a potential growth market. Trump has been a strong advocate of the oil and gas industry and continues to receive significant support from it.

While the debate over plastic straws may seem symbolic, it underscores a larger battle over environmental policy, corporate interests, and the future of plastic consumption worldwide.

Top Ten Teams Announced for 2025 South Asian Showdown in Boston

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

The South Asian Showdown has officially revealed the ten teams that will compete in this year’s highly anticipated Bollywood Fusion dance competition. Recognized as one of the largest and most prestigious Bollywood Fusion events in North America, the competition draws some of the finest dance teams from across the United States and Canada.

Participants will perform intricate, professionally choreographed routines in vibrant costumes as they compete for the grand prize of $5,000. The event is scheduled for Saturday, March 1, 2025, at the Strand Theatre in Boston. Tickets are currently available at www.southasianshowdown.com.

“This year we had more than 50 teams apply from across North America,” said Rohit Bhambi, founder of the South Asian Showdown. “We have selected the top ten teams that will be joining us in Boston from as far away as L.A. and Vancouver to see who is the best. The audience will get to see some of the best Bollywood/Fusion that North America has to offer as each region brings their own style to the competition.”

Bollywood Fusion, a highly energetic dance style originating from India, blends various dance forms into a cohesive theme. Attendees can expect to witness an exciting mix of Bollywood, Hip-Hop, Bhangra, Classical, Contemporary, Tollywood, and more.

The 2025 Competitors

BU Chankaar (Boston, MA)

BU Chankaar, Boston University’s premier all-female fusion dance team, showcases an array of dance styles, including Bollywood, Bhangra, Hip-Hop, and Classical. Their performances aim to represent South Asian culture within the Boston community. The group is dedicated to maintaining its legacy by channeling creativity, energy, and passion into each performance.

MIT Mirchi (Boston, MA)

Founded in 2012, MIT Mirchi is the university’s competitive Bollywood-Fusion dance team. They embody a love for dance, blending South Asian and Western influences into dynamic performances. Mirchi has proudly represented MIT and the greater Boston area at competitions across the country. Known for their fiery stage presence, they strive to captivate audiences with every performance.

Desi Dhamaka (Tampa, FL)

Desi Dhamaka is a co-ed independent Bollywood Fusion team based in Tampa, Florida. Their performances are known for vibrant choreography and compelling storytelling. The team fosters a supportive and inspiring environment, encouraging its members to grow and flourish in their dance journey.

Miami UJhoom (Miami, FL)

Since its inception in 2013, Miami UJhoom has been setting stages ablaze with its energetic performances. The name “UJhoom” derives from the Hindi phrase “Jhoom Barabar Jhoom”, meaning to dance and celebrate without restrictions or fear. The team, consisting of dancers from diverse backgrounds, integrates multiple styles such as Bollywood, Bhangra, Contemporary, Hip-Hop, and Classical, creating a unique fusion experience.

NYU Dillagi (New York, NY)

NYU Dillagi, New York University’s only co-ed Bollywood Fusion dance team, is well-known for seamlessly merging Eastern and Western dance styles. The team takes pride in showcasing diverse backgrounds and storytelling abilities. They are excited to participate in this year’s competition, presenting a performance that reflects their unity, dedication, and passion for dance.

UBC Junoon (Vancouver, BC)

UBC Junoon, traveling from Vancouver, represents Canada as the only internationally competitive Bollywood dance team at the event. Driven by a deep passion for Bollywood Fusion, they promise an electrifying performance. Their choreography, infused with vibrant energy and powerful storytelling, is designed to captivate and leave a lasting impression on the audience.

UCI Zamana (Irvine, CA)

Zamana, the University of California, Irvine’s premier Bollywood Fusion competitive team, blends multiple dance forms such as Hip-Hop, Bhangra, Kuthu, Contemporary, and Classical into its Bollywood foundation. Founded in 2009, Zamana has been a consistent presence at prestigious dance events nationwide. The team has even been invited to audition for America’s Got Talent.

UConn Surya (Storrs, CT)

Established in 2004, UConn Surya is Connecticut’s leading competitive Bollywood Fusion dance team. Over the years, it has evolved into a nationally recognized team that integrates a variety of dance styles, including Bollywood, Classical, Lyrical, Hip-Hop, and Bhangra.

USC Zeher (Los Angeles, CA)

USC Zeher, a nationally acclaimed Bollywood Fusion dance team, represents Los Angeles with its award-winning performances. Their goal is to bring the essence of Bollywood Fusion to the collegiate stage through creativity and dedication. Known for their commitment to authenticity, Zeher aims to deliver performances that are both captivating and inspiring.

WashU Chaahat (St. Louis, MO)

WashU Chaahat is a student-run competitive dance team from Washington University in St. Louis. The team participates in various on- and off-campus events, including WashU’s renowned Diwali celebration. As part of an intercollegiate dance circuit, Chaahat competes at national-level events. Their performances feature an array of styles, including Bollywood, Kuthu, Hip-Hop, Contemporary, Bharatanatyam, Raas, and Garba.

Cultural Impact and Support

The South Asian Showdown is organized by Boston Bhangra and South Asian Nation, two local nonprofit organizations dedicated to promoting cultural awareness. The event receives significant support from institutions such as the Barr Foundation, the Mass Cultural Council, the Mayor’s Office of Arts and Culture, and Chardikla TV.

The 2025 South Asian Showdown is set to take place on March 1 at the Strand Theatre, located at 543 Columbia Rd, Boston, MA. Tickets are currently available for purchase.

Kerala Sees 21% Rise in Tourist Arrivals, Launches K-Homes Project to Boost Hospitality

Staff ReporterTourism 0

Kerala welcomed 2,22,46,989 tourists in 2024, marking a significant 21% increase from pre-pandemic levels, Minister for Tourism and Public Works P. A. Mohamed Riyas informed the State Assembly on Wednesday.

“This huge upsurge in tourist arrivals shows that in the last couple of years, the state has been erasing its previous record in arrival of tourists,” Riyas stated.

Discussing the newly launched K-Homes project, which was introduced in the 2025-26 state budget to expand accommodation options for visitors by utilizing unoccupied homes near major destinations, Riyas said the initiative will initially be implemented in Kovalam, Kumarakom, Munnar, and Fort Kochi.

“The K-Homes project will take the growth of tourism to new heights, as it offers the tourists a comfortable stay and a hands-on feel of local culture and cuisine. Special arrangements will be made for the implementation of the K-Homes project including online booking of stays,” said Riyas, who is also the son-in-law of Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan.

This initiative is expected to enhance Kerala’s hospitality industry, with implementation planned within a 10-km radius of selected locations. Additionally, the state has formulated a program aimed at bringing women stakeholders in the tourism sector under a single platform as part of efforts to promote women-friendly tourism.

“So far, 17,631 women have registered under the project through the Responsible Tourism Mission Society. They include tour operators, homestay owners, drivers, and other tourism entrepreneurs,” Riyas noted.

Farm Tourism has also been identified as a key area for further development. The Responsible Tourism Mission Society has provided training to 952 units, with 452 units showing strong performance. Of these, 103 units have been listed on the RT Mission’s website.

Riyas highlighted that Kerala’s Design Policy has been utilized to ensure that tourist destinations remain both environmentally sustainable and aesthetically appealing.

Another major initiative that aims to boost the tourism sector is the Destination Challenge project, which is focused on highlighting lesser-known destinations and is being carried out in collaboration with Local Self-Government Institutions.

“So far, 40 such spots have been identified,” Riyas stated.

Additionally, campus-based Tourism Clubs have been engaged in the development, maintenance, and promotion of tourist destinations in their respective regions. A scheme has also been introduced to train students as tourism guides, equipping them with multilingual proficiency.

“Local Youth Tourism Clubs have been formed across the state, with the participation of local service providers like taxi and autorickshaw drivers,” Riyas added.

Trump Meets Jordan’s King Abdullah, Reiterates Plan to Clear Gaza for Redevelopment

Staff ReporterWorld 0

President Donald Trump welcomed Jordan’s King Abdullah II to the White House on Tuesday, once again pushing his controversial idea of evacuating Gaza’s population, placing it under U.S. control, and transforming it into a tourist destination.

This ambitious but highly improbable proposal to reshape the Middle East would require Jordan and other Arab nations to take in displaced Gazans. However, after their meeting, Abdullah reaffirmed his opposition to such a move.

Their discussion took place in the Oval Office, with Secretary of State Marco Rubio also present. Although Trump had previously suggested withholding U.S. aid from Jordan or Egypt if they refused to accept more people from Gaza, he appeared to backtrack on that stance.

“I don’t have to threaten that. I do believe we’re above that,” Trump stated. This contradicted his earlier remarks, where he had implied that reducing U.S. assistance was a possibility.

When asked multiple times about Trump’s plan to empty Gaza and convert it into a Mediterranean resort, Abdullah refrained from making any concrete remarks or committing to taking in large numbers of displaced Gazans.

However, the Jordanian leader did express his country’s willingness to accept up to 2,000 ill or cancer-stricken children from Gaza “right away.”

“I finally see somebody that can take us across the finish line to bring stability, peace and prosperity to all of us in the region,” Abdullah remarked, referring to Trump during their meeting.

After spending about two hours at the White House, Abdullah proceeded to Capitol Hill for discussions with a bipartisan group of lawmakers. Later, he posted on X, stating, “I reiterated Jordan’s steadfast position against the displacement of Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank.”

“This is the unified Arab position. Rebuilding Gaza without displacing the Palestinians and addressing the dire humanitarian situation should be the priority for all,” he wrote.

Despite Abdullah’s firm stance, Trump used the meeting to once again suggest that the U.S. could assume control of Gaza. He claimed this wouldn’t require American financial contributions but insisted that placing the region under “U.S. authority” was feasible, though he did not elaborate on what that would entail.

“We’re not going to buy anything. We’re going to have it,” Trump said regarding U.S. control in Gaza. He envisioned constructing new hotels, office buildings, and residences, promising that the region would be “exciting.”

“I can tell you about real estate. They’re going to be in love with it,” Trump added, referencing his background in property development, while also maintaining that he had no personal interest in handling the redevelopment.

Trump has previously suggested that Gaza’s population could be relocated, either temporarily or permanently—an idea that has been met with strong opposition across the Arab world.

The former president also reiterated that a fragile ceasefire between Hamas and Israel could be scrapped if Hamas failed to release all remaining hostages by midday Saturday. He first raised this point on Monday but acknowledged that Israel would ultimately decide on the matter.

“I don’t think they’re going to make the deadline, personally,” Trump commented on Tuesday, referring to Hamas. “They want to play tough guy. We’ll see how tough they are.”

Abdullah’s visit coincided with a critical period for the ceasefire in Gaza. Hamas has accused Israel of breaching the truce and has delayed the release of more hostages captured during its attack on October 7, 2023.

Following Trump’s remarks, Hamas issued a statement calling them “racist” and “a call for ethnic cleansing.” The group also accused the former president of attempting to “liquidate the Palestinian cause and deny the national rights of the Palestinian people.”

Trump has repeatedly proposed that the U.S. should control Gaza and transform it into “the Riviera of the Middle East.” His vision includes relocating Palestinians to neighboring nations without granting them a right of return.

However, his statements on Tuesday contradicted his previous stance on potentially withholding U.S. aid from Jordan and Egypt—two long-standing American allies and top recipients of foreign assistance—if they refused to accept additional Palestinians from Gaza.

Jordan already hosts over 2 million Palestinians, and its government has remained resolute in opposing forced displacement. Last week, Jordanian Foreign Minister Ayman Safadi stated that his country’s stance on Gaza’s population transfer was “firm and unwavering.”

Beyond concerns over jeopardizing the longstanding objective of a two-state solution, both Egypt and Jordan have expressed private security fears about admitting large numbers of displaced Palestinians, even on a temporary basis.

Trump first outlined his plans for relocating Gaza’s residents and asserting U.S. control over the region during a press conference last week alongside Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

At the time, the former president did not rule out deploying American troops to help secure Gaza but simultaneously insisted that no U.S. funds would be allocated for its reconstruction—raising significant questions about how his proposal could be implemented.

Following Trump’s initial remarks, both Secretary of State Marco Rubio and White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt sought to clarify that his administration envisioned only a “temporary” relocation of Palestinians from Gaza. They claimed the move would allow for essential tasks such as clearing debris, disposing of unexploded ordnance, and reconstructing the region.

However, when asked in a Fox News interview on Monday whether displaced Palestinians would eventually be permitted to return to Gaza, Trump firmly responded, “No, they wouldn’t.”

Egg Prices Surge Amid Bird Flu Outbreak, Shortages, and Thefts

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Eggs are not only costly due to the ongoing bird flu outbreak but are also becoming increasingly difficult to find. In some areas, stores have even started limiting how many cartons customers can purchase.

The high demand for eggs has led to unusual incidents, including thefts where culprits appear to treat eggs as valuable as gold.

The outbreak remains a persistent issue as the virus continues to mutate, spreading among birds, other animals, and even some humans. Whenever a chicken or turkey contracts the virus, the entire flock is culled to contain the disease.

While egg shortages are not uniform across all regions, predicting when a large poultry farm might be affected is impossible. A single outbreak in a major farm with millions of birds can significantly impact supply.

Consequently, egg prices have soared.

Jose Castillo, co-owner of Norma’s Sweets Bakery in New Orleans, has found it increasingly challenging to maintain affordable prices for Cuban sandwiches and king cakes due to soaring egg costs.

“Oh, it’s hurting man. It’s crazy how expensive eggs are,” Castillo said. “Normally we’ll get them for $35, $40 dollars a case and now we’re paying like $118, $120 dollars.”

Hard to find

Across the country, empty egg shelves have become a frequent sight. Many shoppers must visit multiple stores or turn to local farmers to secure eggs.

The bird flu outbreak, which began in 2022, has significantly impacted the poultry industry. Nearly 158 million birds have been culled, with most being egg-laying hens.

This mass slaughter has diminished egg supplies, pushing prices higher. However, with over 300 million chickens producing eggs nationwide for breakfast and baking, the industry is generally resilient enough to handle the loss of a few million birds without major disruptions.

The issue arises when mass cullings occur. In January alone, more than 23 million birds were slaughtered, following the December loss of 18 million.

Once egg farmers are forced to euthanize their entire flock, it takes at least one to two months before new hens can be introduced. The delay is due to the time required to dispose of carcasses and properly sanitize barns before restocking can occur. As a result, supply issues persist for weeks or even months.

Limiting purchases

In response to the shortage, some retailers have begun rationing egg sales.

Trader Joe’s has enforced a nationwide limit of one carton per customer per day.

“We hope these limits will help to ensure that as many of our customers who need eggs are able to purchase them when they visit Trader Joe’s,” the company said in a statement to The Associated Press on Tuesday.

Other retailers, including Costco, Whole Foods, Kroger, and Aldi, have also implemented varying restrictions. However, not all are imposing national limits.

A Kroger spokesperson confirmed that the supermarket chain has not set company-wide purchase limits. However, some regional divisions and store locations have restricted customers to buying no more than two dozen eggs per visit.

Walmart, meanwhile, has only limited bulk purchases. “Although supply is very tight, we’re working with suppliers to try and help meet customer demand, while striving to keep prices as low as possible,” the Bentonville, Arkansas-based retail giant said in an emailed statement. The company clarified that only 60-count cartons have been capped at two per purchase.

An expensive option

The price of eggs has reached staggering levels. The nationwide average cost per dozen soared to $4.15 in December—more than double the summer 2023 price.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture predicts prices will rise by another 20% this year.

As Easter approaches, demand for eggs is expected to climb due to their traditional role in holiday dishes and Easter egg hunts.

On Wednesday, the Bureau of Labor Statistics is set to release updated inflation data, and egg prices are anticipated to have climbed even further. However, they are unlikely to surpass the record-high average of $4.82 per dozen set in January 2023.

These figures only reflect national averages. In some areas, consumers are already paying more than $10 per dozen, particularly for organic or cage-free options.

The impact extends beyond grocery stores, with some restaurants also raising prices. Waffle House, for example, recently announced a 50-cent surcharge per egg on all menu items.

Cracking the case

With eggs commanding such high prices, thefts have become an unexpected consequence.

Seattle police recently investigated the theft of over 500 eggs from a restaurant.

Surveillance footage from Luna Park Cafe in West Seattle captured two men entering a refrigerated storage shed last Wednesday in the early morning hours. The suspects stole approximately 540 eggs, liquid egg products, bacon, ground beef, and blueberries before loading the stolen items into a van. Authorities estimated the value of the stolen breakfast items at around $780.

A larger-scale theft took place earlier this month in Pennsylvania. Approximately 100,000 eggs were stolen from the back of a Pete & Gerry’s Organics distribution trailer in Antrim Township. The theft occurred around 8:40 p.m. on a Saturday night, according to police reports.

The stolen eggs had an estimated value of $40,000.

As bird flu continues to spread, disrupting egg supplies and driving prices higher, consumers and businesses alike are feeling the strain. With no immediate relief in sight, shoppers may have to brace for further price hikes and ongoing shortages.

India to Host Next Global AI Summit After Paris Event

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

India is set to host the next international summit on artificial intelligence after co-hosting the recent event in Paris with France on February 10 and 11, according to French President Emmanuel Macron’s office.

During his address at Paris’s Grand Palais, Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed India’s willingness to take on the responsibility of organizing the upcoming AI summit. “India would be happy to host the next AI summit,” Modi announced, signaling the country’s readiness to lead discussions on AI at the global level.

In his speech, Modi highlighted both the transformative potential and the inherent challenges of artificial intelligence (AI), emphasizing its profound influence on society. “AI is already re-shaping our polity, our economy, our security, and even our society. AI is writing the code for humanity in this century,” he stated, underscoring AI’s far-reaching impact across multiple domains.

Acknowledging the rapid advancements in AI, Modi stressed the importance of international collaboration to establish governance frameworks that uphold shared global values. “There is a need for collective global efforts to establish governance and standards that uphold our shared values, address risks, and build trust,” he said. This call for cooperation reflects growing concerns about ethical AI use and the necessity for common standards.

One of the key concerns Modi addressed was AI’s effect on employment. He acknowledged the apprehension surrounding job displacement but provided a historical perspective to counter such fears. “Loss of jobs is AI’s most feared disruption. But, history has shown that work does not disappear due to technology. Its nature changes and new types of jobs are created,” Modi remarked. He emphasized the need for large-scale investment in skill development and workforce training to equip people for an AI-driven economy.

Sustainability in AI development was another crucial topic Modi highlighted. He stressed the importance of clean energy in supporting AI’s future. “This will require green power to fuel its future,” he stated, drawing attention to the energy demands of AI infrastructure. He noted that India and France were already working together on sustainability initiatives such as the International Solar Alliance, reinforcing the need for AI models that are both energy-efficient and environmentally responsible. Modi further likened AI’s energy efficiency to that of the human brain, advocating for sustainable AI advancements.

Discussing India’s role in AI innovation, Modi detailed the country’s accomplishments in creating a Digital Public Infrastructure that serves 1.4 billion people. He pointed out that India’s investments in AI technology have significantly improved accessibility and affordability in critical sectors. He also highlighted the National AI Mission, which aims to develop AI applications for public welfare. India, he noted, is leading the way in AI adoption while ensuring data privacy solutions remain a priority.

“We are developing AI applications for public good. We have one of the world’s largest AI talent pools. India is building its own Large Language Model considering our diversity,” he said. His remarks reinforced India’s position as a key player in AI innovation while demonstrating its commitment to international cooperation in AI research and development.

The Prime Minister also addressed broader concerns about AI’s future and its implications for human intelligence. While some fear AI surpassing human intelligence, Modi maintained that humans ultimately hold control over technological advancements. “Some people worry about machines becoming superior in intelligence to humans. But, no one holds the key to our collective future and shared destiny other than us humans,” he stated. His remarks underscored the responsibility of humanity in shaping AI’s trajectory through ethical and balanced governance.

India’s commitment to AI development and governance reflects its growing role as a leader in the global AI ecosystem. With the next AI summit set to take place in India, the country is poised to play a significant role in shaping international AI policies and fostering discussions on responsible AI deployment.

-+=